GNRO-2013/00089, Emergency Plan, Revision 70

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Emergency Plan, Revision 70
ML13360A041
Person / Time
Site: Grand Gulf Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 12/19/2013
From: Seiter J
Entergy Operations
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
GNRO-2013/00089, FOIA/PA-2015-0025
Download: ML13360A041 (297)


Text

En tergy Entergy Operations, Inc.

P.O. Box 756 Port Gibson, Mississippi 39150 Tel: 601-437-2344 Jeffery A. Seiter Acting Licensing Manager Grand Gulf Nuclear Station GNRO-2013/00089 December 19, 2013 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001

Subject:

Emergency Plan, Revision 70 Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1 Docket No. 50-416 License No. NPF-29

Dear Sir or Madam:

In accordance with 10CFR50.54(q)(5), 10CFR50 Appendix E(V), 10CFR50.4(b)(5)(ii),

10CFR72.44(f) and 10CFR 72.4, Entergy Operations Inc. (Entergy) hereby submits Revision 70 to the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS) Emergency Plan, including a summary and analysis of the changes, which became effective November 26, 2013.

The changes to the GGNS Emergency Plan were evaluated by Entergy and determined to not reduce the effectiveness of the plan. Attachment 1 contains the Summary and Analysis of the Emergency Plan Changes. Attachment 2 contains the GGNS Emergency Plan Revision 70.

This letter contains no new commitments. If you have any questions concerning this submittal, please contact Mr. Chris Lewis at (601) 437-2166.

Sincerely, JAS/cb Attachments:

1. Summary and Analysis of the GGNS Emergency Plan Changes
2. Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 70 cc: next page

GNRO-2013/00089 Page 2 of 2 cc:

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Mr. Mark Dapas, (w/2)

Regional Administrator, Region IV 1600 East Lamar Boulevard Arlington, TX 76011-4511 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Mr. Alan Wang, NRR/DORL (w/2)

Mail Stop OWFN 8 B1 Washington, DC 20555-0001 NRC Senior Resident Inspector Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Port Gibson, MS 39150

GNRO-2013/00089 Page 1 of 1 bcc:

OUTLOOK MAIL: DISTRIBUTION IS ALL ELECTRONIC Clark J. A. (RB-PL)

Evans T. A. (RB-NSA)

Ford B. S. (ECH-NS&L)

Gerard J. G. (GG-OPS)

Giles G. R. (GG-TRNG)

OTHER - Licensing Files LRSDOCS (GNRI or GNRO)

GGN CENTRAL FILE ( )

GGN PLANT LICENSING James D. E. (ANO-NSA)

Lewis C. A. (GG-EP)

McCann J. F. (WP-VP)

Miller 0. J. (GG-GMPO)

Mulligan K. J. (GG-VP)

Jarrell J. P. (W3-PL)

Coutu T. (GG-NSA)

Pyle S. L. (ANO-PL)

Rich C. E. (W3-NSA)

Seiter J. A. (GG-PL - Acting)

Milly M. (GG-MAINT)

Wiles D. P (GG-ENG)

ATTACHMENT 1 TO GNRO-2013/00089

SUMMARY

AND ANALYSIS OF THE GGNS EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGES

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET I OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 070 Plan Equipment/Facility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):

Editorial Changes:

1. Pages 1-4. List of Effective Pages. Corrected revision numbers for various pages and added additional pages 2-10a, D-5d, D-5e, and Appendix E 13-19.
2. Page ii. Change in position title
3. Page ix. Add Table 2-3 Permanent Resident Population by Protective Action Areas.
4. Pages 5-1 through 5-3. Change in position titles.
5. Page 5-29. Change in position title.
6. Page 7-5. Correct typos from Rev 69; changed Facilitie to Facilities and change ER to ERO.
7. Page 8-1. Change in position titles.
8. Page 8-3. Change in position title.
9. Page 8-5. Change in position title.
10. Page 8-8 through 8-11. Change in position titles.
11. Pages A-2, A-8, A-11, A-12, A-15 &A-16. Remove references to procedures that have been deleted and add references to new procedures. (Ref: W"T-WTGGN-2013-66 CA 1)
12. Page A-3. Change in position title.
13. Page A-10. Correct the title of Figure 7-9 to Joint Information Center Layout.
14. Page D-1. Correct title of Claiborne County Hospital.

Other Changes:

15. Page 2-10. Update Table 2-2 (Resident Population Distribution) with new permanent resident population numbers based on 2012 GGNS ETE.
16. Page 2-10a. Add Table 2-3 Permanent Resident Population by Protective Action Areas.
17. Page 2-13. Replace figure 2-3 (Permanent Resident Population Distribution) with updated figure from the 2012 GGNS ETE.
18. Page 2-14. Update figure 2-4 evacuation zone population numbers with revised numbers from tic 2012 GGNS ETE.
19. Page 4-15. Revise wording for EAL #HU4.1 to be consistent with the Fleet Standard Fire EAL Wording.
20. Page 5-4. Added reference to EN-TQ-1 10-01 for ERO position prerequisites.
21. Page 5-28. Revise sentence to indicate that GE support is in accordance with GE Services Letter GE-SIL-324.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 070 Plan Equipment/FacilitylOther: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan

22. Pages 5-33 &5-34. Pages 5-33 &5-34. Removed personnel who normally fill ERO positions from tables.
23. Page 6-6. Insert statement on protective actions to be consistent with the Fleet Guidance on Protective Actions (Reference LO-GLO-2013-00053 CA #11).
24. Page 7-3. Add guidance on OSC activation goals.
25. Pages D-1 and D-23 through D-27. Remove General Electric Letter of Agreement. (Ref: WT-GGN-2013-66 CA #7)
26. Pages D-2 &D-3. Insert updated Department of Energy L.O.A.
27. Page D-5. Insert new Mississippi letter of agreement.
28. Pages D-5d &D-5e. Insert change order #15 to MEMA L.O.A.
29. Page D-6. Insert updated Louisiana L.O.A. (Reference WVVT-WGGN-2011-331 CA #19)
30. Pages D-13 &D-14. Insert updated Claiborne County Hospital L.O.A. (Ref WT-WTGGN-2011-331 CA #15)
31. Page D-19. Insert updated INPO L.O.A. (Ref: WT-WTGGN-2011-331 CA
  1. 14)
32. Pages D-34 & D-35. Insert updated Ochsner Clinic L.O.A.
33. Appendix E. Replace entire section with updated 2012 GGNS ETE Part If.Activity Previously Reviewed? -IYES Z NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Evaluation is next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.

Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and complete Part proposed change is documented below: VI.

Justification:

El Bounding document attached (optional)

Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-1 00)

NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)

Screening.

APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION ED Ifthere are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.

[I One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.

El One or more controllina chanae processes are selected and fully bounds all asoects of the activity. 50.54(a)(3)

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 070 Plan._

Equipment/Facility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controllinq chanqe processes below and complete Part VI.

CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES Part IV. Editorial Change L.YES Z NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.

Justification: Enter justification and The following changes are considered editorial changes in accordance wiht EN-EP-305: complete Part VI.

1. Pages 1-4. List of Effective Pages. Corrected revision numbers for various pages and added additional pages 2-10a and Appendix E. (Reference or annotation changes).
2. Pages ii, 5-5-1 through 5-3, 5-29, 8-1, 8-3, 8-5, 8-8 through 8-11 and A-3.

Changed position titles to be consistent with the new HCM Organizational Chart. (changes to position titles when no responsibilities for that position changed)

3. Page ix.Add Table 2-3 to table of contents.
4. Page 7-5. Correct typos from Rev 69; changed Facilitie to Facilities and change ER to ERO. (correction of typographical errors)
5. Pages A-2, A-8, A-10, A-11, A-12 &A-15. Remove references to procedures that have been deleted and add references to new procedures. (reference change)
6. Page A-10. Correct title of Figure 7-9.
7. Page D-1. Correct title of Claiborne County Hospital. (title change)

NO is checked because there are other changes in this GGNS Emergency Plan revision that are not editorial changes.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: GGNS Emergency lRevision: 070 PlanJ..

EquipmentlFacilitylOther: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section I1?

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1]
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 [

staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]

3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] El
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2]
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] Z
8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of El the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt El instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]
10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]
11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [6]
12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6]
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]
14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8]
17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] []
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10]
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]
20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those for hostile action events.[10]
21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] F]
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12]
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] El
24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program __

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 070 Plan Equipment/FacilitylOther: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan areas) is established. [14]

25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]
26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14]
27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16]
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16] []

APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION E If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.

0 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.

BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Changes 1-4 are editorial changes and no evaluations of those changes is required. The remaining changes being made to this revision of the GGNS Emergency Plan may affect planning standards 10 CFR 50.47 (b) 2, 3, 4, and 10. These changes will be evaluated.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 6 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 070 Plan Equipment/Facility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54 (q) EVALUATION SHEET I OF 5 ProcedurelDocument Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 70 Plan EquipmentlFacility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part I. Description of Proposed Change:

1. Page 2-10. Update Table 2-2 (Resident Population Distribution) with new permanent resident population numbers based on 2012 GGNS ETE.
2. Page 2-10a. Add Table 2-3 Permanent Resident Population by Protective Action Areas.
3. Page 2-13. Replace figure 2-3 (Permanent Resident Population Distribution) with updated figure from the 2012 GGNS ETE.
4. Page 2-14. Update Figure 2-14 evacuation zone population numbers with revised numbers from the 2012 GGNS ETE.
5. Page 4-15. Revise wording for EAL #HU4.1 to be consistent with the Fleet Standard Fire EAL Wording.
6. Page 5-28. Revise sentence to indicate that GE support is in accordance with GE Services Letter GE-SIL-324.
7. Page 5-4. Add reference to EN-TQ-1 10-01 for ERO position prerequisites.
8. Pages 5-33 & 5-34. Removed personnel who normally fill ERO positions from tables.
9. Page 6-6. Insert statement on protective actions to be consistent with the Fleet Guidance on Protective Actions (Reference LO-GLO-2013-00053 CA #11).
10. Page 7-3. Add guidance on OSC activation goals.
11. Pages D-1 and D-23 through D-27. Remove General Electric Letter of Agreement. (Ref: WT-GGN-2013-66 CA #7)
12. Pages D-2 & D-3. Insert updated Department of Energy L.O.A.
13. Page D-5. Insert new Mississippi L.O.A.
14. Page D-5d and D-5e. Insert addendum to the MEMA L.O.A.
15. Page D-6. Insert updated Louisiana L.O.A. (REF: VMT-WTGGN-2011-331 CA #19)
16. Pages D-13 & D-14. Insert updated Claiborne County Hospital L.O.A. (Ref: VVT-VVTGGN-2011-331 CA
  1. 15)
17. Page D-19. Insert updated INPO L.O.A. (Ref: VVT-WTGGN-2011-331 CA #14)
18. Pages D-34 & D-35. Insert updated Ochsner Clinic L.O.A.
19. Appendix E. Replace entire section with updated 2012 GGNS ETE Part II. Description and Review of Licensing Basis Affected by the Proposed Change:

Performed electronic search of the Emergency Plan, Technical Requirements Manual, TS Bases, Operating License, COLR, ODCM, NRC Orders. Keywords used; "evacuation time estimate", "ETE",

"population", "evacuation", "Letter of agreement", "offsite support", OSC", "Operations Support Center",

and "Emergency Action Level". Only relevant hits returned were from the GGNS Emergency Plan. No other LBD's were affected by these changes.

The changes being made in Revision 70 of the GGNS Emergency Plan will not affect the GGNS Licensing Basis, EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54 (q) EVALUATION SHEET 2 OF 5 ProcedurelDocument Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 70 Plan EquipmentlFacility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part Ill. Describe How the Proposed Change Complies with Relevant Emergency Preparedness Regulation(s) and Previous Commitment(s) Made to the NRC:

Changes to the GGNS area population distribution and evacuation time estimates are consistent with Section IV of Appendix E to 10 CFR Part 50 which requires that a new analysis of the time required to evacuate be provided for various sectors and distances within the plume exposure pathway EPZ for transient and permanent residents within 365 days of December 23, 2011. The changes being made are consistent with the methodology in NUREG CR/7002 Criteriafor Development of Evacuation Time Estimate Studies and the ETE was submitted to the NRC on December 18, 2012 (Reference CNRO2012-00013)

Changes to various letters of agreement with offsite support agencies complies with the requirements of NUREG 0654 section II p.4 Each organizationshall update it's plan and agreements as needed, review and certify it to be current on an annualbasis. The changes being made to the Letters of Agreement are the result of the annual review.

Changes to the wording of the Fire EAL #HU4.1 complies with NEI 99-01 Revision 5 which clearly states that the EAL refers only to areas in a site specific list that includes vital areas and areas immediately adjacent to vital areas (NEI 99-01 Page 108).

Part IV. Description of Emergency Plan Planning Standards, Functions and Program Elements Affected by the Proposed Change: This section is NOT where you "justify" your changes - that goes in Part V, but simply copy and paste the applicable planning standard information from EN-EP-305/Reg Guide.

Review the template on the shared drive.

Planning Standard: 10 CFR 50.47(b)(2) - Onsite Emergency Organization.

Function: The process for timely augmentation of on-shift staff is established and maintained.

Program Elements:Sections IV.A.2.a-c, IV.A.3, and IV.C of Appendix E to 10 CFR 50 provide supporting requirements. Informing criteria appear in Section II.B of NUREG-0654 and the licensee's emergency plan.

Planning Standard: 10 CFR 50.47(b)(3) - Emergency Response Support and Resources.

Function: Arrangements for requesting and using offsite assistance have been made.

Program Elements: Sections IV.A.6 and IV.A.7 of Appendix E to 10 CFR 50 provide supporting requirements. Informing criteria appear in Section II.C of NUREG-0654 and the licensee's emergency plan.

Planning Standard: 10 CFR 50.47(b)(4) - Emergency Classification System.

Function: A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use.

Program Elements: Sections IV.B and IV.C of Appendix E to 10 CFR 50 provide supporting requirements.

Informing criteria appear in Section II.D of NUREG-0654 and the licensee's emergency plan.

Planning Standard: 10 CFR 50.47(b)(10) - Emergency Protective Actions.

Functions: Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.

Program Elements: Appendix E to 10 CFR 50 does not contain any support requirements. Informing criteria appear in NUREG-0654 in Sections II.J.1-8,Section II.J.10, and Supplement 3 and in the licensee's emergency plan.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54 (q) EVALUATION SHEET 3 OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 70 Plan Equipment/Facility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part V. Description of Impact of the Proposed Change on the Effectiveness of Emergency Plan Functions:

Add guidance on OSC activation goals. The activation times for the ERF's at GGNS were approved by NRC Letter GNRI-2000/00093 which extended the time to make the TSC and EOF operational to as soon as possible (without delay) but not later than 90 minutes (45 minutes if augmenting with onsite personnel).

There is no time requirement for making the OSC operational, but GGNS has procedurally implemented the same goal for the OSC as for the TSC and EOF (1O-S-01-29 Revision 15, February 2001). This change incorporates this procedural goal into the GGNS Emergency Plan. The addition of this goal to the plan will not reduce the effectiveness of the plan.

Indicate that GE support is in accordance with GE Services Leter GE-SIL-324, remove General Electric Letter of Agreement. General Electric provides support for the nuclear utilities in accordance with GE service Letter GE-SIL-324 which outlines who to contact and what information to provide when requesting services as well as describing what services will be available. This service letter serves as a committment to provide support in an emergency and seperate individual letters of agreement between GE and each utility are no longer required. The level of service has not been reduced by this change and the process for obtaining support has been improved. This change will not decrease the effectiveness of the GGNS Emergency Plan.

Insert updated Letter Of Agreements for: Department of Energy, State of Mississippi, Louisiana, Claiborne County Hospital, INPO and Ochsner Clinic and an addendum to the MEMA L.O.A.. The updated letters of agreement and addendum being added to this revision are the result of the annual review of the letters of agreement. These updated letters include title changes, organization name changes, funding levels and other minor changes that do not affect the availability or nature of the support provided. These changes will not reduce the effectiveness of the GGNS Emergency Plan.

Revise wording for EAL #HU4.1.1 to improve clarity and understanding. This change clarifies that the EAL applies only to fires located in any vital areas or areas immediately adjacent to vital areas (listed in Table H2). The current wording is open to interpretation and may lead to erroneously declaring a UE for a fire that does not meet the condition as described in NEI 99-01 Rev. 5. This change in the layout of the EAL makes it more consistent with NEI 99-01 Rev 5 which states in the basis for this EAL (page 108) "The intent of this IC is not to include buildings (i.e., warehouses) or areas that are not in actual contact with or immediately adjacent to VITAL AREAS." The proposed replacement formatting and wording after the change is equivalent to the current EAL.

Before: 1. FIRE not extinguished within 15 minutes of Control Room notification or verification of a Change Control Room FIRE alarm in any Table H2 structure or area.

After: 1. Fire in any Table H-2 structure or area NOT extinguished:

Change a. Within 15 minutes of Control Room notification OR

b. Within 15 minutes of verification of a Control Room FIRE alarm.

This change will prevent incorrect declarations for fires in non-vital areas. This change will not reduce the effectiveness of the GGNS Emergency Plan but improves its effectiveness through formatting changes to improve clarity while retaining the equivalent intent.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54 (q) EVALUATION SHEET 4 OF 5 ProcedurelDocument Number: GGNS Emergency Revision: 70 Plan Equipment/Facility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part V Continued.

Add reference to EN-TQ-1 10-01 for ERO position prerequisites and remove the personnel who normally fill ERO positions from tables 5-33 & 5-34. Tables 5-33 and 5-34 are ERO org Charts that include ERO titles, locations and the department/title that normally fills that ERO position. In the past ERO personnel were assigned by departments but when EN-TQ-1 10-01 was issued in June 2013 it included prerequisites for ERO assignment and ERO personnel are now assigned by prerequisites. Identifying the department/title that normally fills ERO positions is no longer needed. This change is consistent with the planning standard in 10 CFR 50.47(b)(2) - Onsite Emergency Organization- The process for timely augmentation of on-shift staff is established and maintained.The standard does not specify how ERO assignments are made but does list position expertise in the informing criteria Table B-1 of NUREG 0654 Section II B. The prerequisites listed in EN-TQ-1 10-01 are consistent with the position expertise in table B-1.

Update Table 2-2 (Resident Population Distribution) with new permanent resident population numbers based on 2012 GGNS ETE, add Table 2-3 Permanent Resident Population by Protective Action Areas, replace figure 2-3 (Permanent Resident Population Distribution) with updated figure from the 2012 GGNS ETE, Update evacuation zone population numbers with revised numbers from the 2012 GGNS ETE and replace entire Appendix E (Evacuation Time Estimate) with updated 2012 GGNS ETE. This change incorporates the 2012 GGNS Evacuation Time Estimate that was completed in November of 2012 and was submitted to the NRC in December of 2012 in accordance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix E section IV(Reference CNRO2012-00013). The 2012 ETE determined that the population in the GGNS Emergency Planning Zone decreased by 10.3% from the previous estimate from 2010.

The use of the most recent decennial census data in the ETE analysis is consistent with 10 CFR 50 appendix E IV4-6.

conformance with NEI 99-01 Rev 5 AND the SER. The time estimates show a decrease in population and a general decrease in evacuation times. The addition of the new ETE information will not decrease the effectiveness of the GGNS Emergency Plan.

Page 6-6. Insert statement on protective actions to be consistent with the Fleet Guidance on Protective Actions. The addition of the fleet standard statement on the goal of protective actions does not affect the type of protective actions being taken or their implementation as currently listed in the GGNS Emergency Plan.

This statement is added to the GGNS Emergency Plan to clarify that the intent of the NRC Interim Staff Guidance on Emergency Planning, NSIR/DPR-ISG-01 section IV.F (ProtectiveActions or Onsite Personnel),

are incorporated into the Plan. This change will not reduce the effectiveness of the GGNS Emergency Plan.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 I0CFR50.54 (q) EVALUATION SHEET 5 OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: GGNS Emergency /Revision: 70 Plan EquipmentlFacility/Other: Grand Gulf

Title:

GGNS Emergency Plan Part VI. Evaluation Conclusion.

Answer the following questions about the proposed change.

1. Does the proposed change comply with 10 CFR 50.47(b) and 10 CFR 50 Appendix E? (@YES 0l NO
2. Does the proposed change maintain the effectiveness of the emergency plan (I.e., no N F NO reduction in effectiveness)?
3. Does the proposed change constitute an emergency action level scheme change? OIYES 0 NO If questions I or 2 are answered NO, or question 3 answered YES, reject the proposed change, modify the proposed change and perform a new evaluation or obtain prior NRC approval under provisions of 10 CFR 50.90. If questions 1 and 2 are answered YES, and question 3 answered NO, implement applicable change process(es). Refer to step 5.6[8].

Part VII. Signatures Preparer Name (Print) .----- reparer Signature Date:

Richard Van Den Akker /o 6 -/

(O ev N'm (I'dnt) 4 r"Date:

klewaer Name (Print) Revie Sign Date:

Apoea P Pree aiag A /tate:P Approver N" ( na A v Date:

EP Manag9er o designee

- Li. -

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 2 TO GNRO-2013/00089 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN, REVISION 70

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Plan .

Emergency

.. Entergy-Revision 70

GG FSAR LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page Revision Page Revision List of Effective Pages 2-11 26 2-12 68 1 70 2-13 70 2 70 2-14 70 3 70 2-15 64 4 70 3-1 68 i 44 3-la 68 ii 70 3-2 64 iii 62 lija 62 4-1 59 iv 61 4-2 61 v 61 4-3 65 vi 44 4-4 61 vii 44 4-5 69 viii 44 4-6 69 ix 70 4-7 69 x 61 4-8 69 4-9 69 1-1 56 4-10 69 1-2 44 4-11 69 1-3 61 4-12 69 1-4 61 4-12a 69 1-5 64 4-13 69 1-6 69 4-13a 69 1-7 64 4-14 69 1-8 64 4-15 70 4-16 69 2-1 23 4-17 69 2-2 64 4-17a 69 2-2a 58 4-18 69 2-3 25 4-19 69 2-4 56 4-20 69 2-4a 52 4-21 69 2-5 25 4-22 69 2-6 25 4-23 57 2-7 39 2-8 58 5-1 70 2-9 61 5-2 70 2-10 70 5-3 70 2-1Oa 70 5-4 70 I Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page Revision Page Revision 5-5 61 6-8 61 5-6 61 6-9 61 5-7 61 6-10 61 5-8 62 6-11 65 5-9 61 6-12 61 5-9a 62 6-13 61 5-10 62 6-14 61 5-11 62 6-15 26 5-12 62 6-16 64 5-13 62 5-14 62 7-1 61 5-15 62 7-2 61 5-16 62 7-3 70 5-17 64 7-4 61 5-18 62 7-5 70 5-19 61 7-6 61 5-20 64 7-7 58 5-21 64 7-8 61 5-22 61 7-9 29 5-23 61 7-10 64 5-24 61 7-11 66 5-25 61 7-12 51 5-26 61 7-13 46 5-27 68 7-14 61 5-28 70 7-15 59 5-29 70 7-16 25 5-30 69 7-17 45 5-31 61 7-18 45 5-32 70 7-19 28 5-33 70 7-20 65 5-34 70 7-21 61 5-35 61 7-22 51 5-36 61 7-23 43 7-24 61 6-1 61 7-25 64 6-2 43 7-26 61 6-3 64 7-27 41 6-4 61 7-28 46 6-5 43 7-29 61 6-6 70 7-30 29 6-7 61 7-31 24 2 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page Revision Page Revision 7-32 64 A-14 39 7-33 68 A-15 70 7-34 61 A-16 70 7-35 53 7-36 53 B-1 47 7-37 68 7-38 61 C-1 23 8-1 70 D-1 70 8-2 23 D-2 70 8-3 70 D-3 70 8-4 26 D-4 51 8-5 70 D-5 70 8-6 64 D-5a 60 8-7 51 D-5b 60 8-8 70 D-5c 60 8-9 70 D-5d 70 8-10 70 D-5e 70 8-1Oa 70 D-6 70 8-11 70 D-7 49 8-12 31 D-7a 49 D-8 52 9-1 46 D-8a 52 9-2 61 D-9 60 9-3 61 D-9a 60 9-4 43 D-9b 39 D-9c 39 A-1 28 D-10 49 A-2 70 D-11 25 A-3 70 D-11a 25 A-4 62 D-12 26 A-5 62 D-12a 26 A-5a 61 D-13 70 A-6 31 D-14 70 A-7 68 D-15 47 A-8 70 D-16 47 A-9 68 D-17 47 A-10 70 D-18 47 A-11 70 D- 19 70 A-12 70 D-20 37 A-13 31 D-21 26 3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page Revision Page Revision D-22 26 E-18 70 D-23 70 E-19 70 D-24 70 D-25 70 D-26 70 F-I 33 D-27 70 D-28 57 G-1 29 D-29 68 D-30 68 D-31 68 D-32 27 H-1 61 D-33 27 H-2 64 D-34 70 H-3 61 D-35 70 H-4 61 D-36 53 H-5 61 D-37 60 H-6 61 D-38 60 D-39 60 Appendix E Cover Page 70 E-1 70 E-2 70 E-3 70 E-4 70 E-5 70 E-6 70 E-7 70 E-8 70 E-9 70 E-10 70 E-I1 70 E-12 70 E-13 70 E-14 70 E-15 70 E-16 70 E-17 70 4 Revision 70 11/13

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT SECTION 13.3 - EMERGENCY PLANNING TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................... 1- 1 2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY ................................................................... 2- 1 2.1 Criterion for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan Development .............. 2 - 1 2.2 Applicability of the Emergency Plan ........................................................ 2 - 1 2.2.1 General Information and Site Description ..................................... 2 - 1 2.2.2 Population and Population Distribution ............... ................. 2 - 3 2.2.3 Emergency Planning Zones .................................................... 2 - 3 2.3 Scope of the Emergency Plan ................................................................. 2 - 4 2.3.1 Regulatory Requirements ..................................................... 2-4 2.3.2 Objectives of the Emergency Plan ........................................... 2-5 2.4 Emergency Plan Interrelationships ......................................................... 2-5 2.4.1 Emergency Plan Procedures .................................................. 2-6 2.4.2 Related Plans, Programs and Procedures ................................... 2 - 6 2.4.3 Participating Governmental Agencies ........................................... 2 - 7 3.0

SUMMARY

OF EMERGENCY PLAN .......................................................... 3- 1 3.1 Emergency Planning .............................................................................. 3 - 1 3.2 Emergency Plan Steps ........................................................................ 3- 1 3.3 Emergency Direction and Assignments ........................................................ 3 - 2 4.0 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS ..................................................................... 4- 1 4.1 Emergency Classification Systems ......................................................... 4 - 1 4.1.1 Unusual Event ....................................................................... 4 - 2 4 .1.2 A lert ................................................................................... 4 - 2 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency ........................................................... 4-3 4.1.4 General Emergency ............................................................. 4 - 3 4.2 Classification of Postulated Accidents ...................................................... 4 - 4 i Revision 44 01/01

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 5.0 ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL OF EMERGENCIES ........... 5-1 5.1 GGNS Organization ........................................................................................................ - I 5.2 Normal Station Organization .......................................................................................... 5- 1 5.2.1 General M anager, Plant Operations ......................................................... 5- 1 5.2.2 M anager, Operations ................................................................................... 5- 2 5.2.3 M anager, M aintenance .............................................................................. 5-2 5.2.4 M anager, Radiation Protection .................................................................. -2 5.2.5 M anager, Production ................................................................................... 5- 2 5.2.6 M anager, Training .................................................................................... 5- 3 5.2.7 Shift Technical Advisor .............................................................................. 5- 3 5.2.8 M anager, M aterials, Purchasing and Contracts ........................................... -3 5.2.9 Director, Regulatory & Performance Improvement ................................... -3 5.3 Normal Station Shift Staffing ........................................................................................... 5 -4 5.4 Emergency Organization ................................................................................................ 5 -4 5.4.1 Normal Station Shift .................................................................................... -4 5.4.2 Emergency Director (ED) ........................................................................... 5- 5 5.4.3 EOF Manager .............................................................................................. 5- 5 5.4.4 Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) ........................................... 5- 6 5.4.5 Technical Advisor (TA) .............................................................................. 5- 6 5.4.6 Admin. & Logistics Coordinator ............................................................... 5- 7 5.4.7 Public Information Liaison ......................................................................... 5- 7 5.4.8 Offi site Communicator .............................................................................. 5- 7 5.4.9 EOF Communicator ................................................................................... 5- 8 5.4.10 Lead Offsite Liaison ................................................................................... 5- 8 5.4.11 Offsite Liaison .............................................................................................. 5- 8 5.4.12 Dose Assessor .................................................................................................. 5-8 5.4.13 Offsite Team Coordinator (OTC) ............................................................... 5- 9 5.4.14 Offsite M onitoring Team (OM T) ............................................................... 5- 9 ii Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 5.4.15 Information Technology (IT) Specialist - EOF ....................................... 5 -9 5.4.16 EOF Habitability Specialist ......................................................................... 5 - 9a 5.4.17 FFD Administrator ................................................................................... 5 - 10 5.4.18 EOF Log Keeper ............................................................................................ 5-10 5.4.19 Emergency Plant M anager (EPM ) ......................................................... 5 - 10 5.4.20 TSC Manager ............................................................................................. 5 - 11 5.4.21 TSC Communicator ................................................................................... 5- 11 5.4.22 Security Coordinator ................................................................................ 5 - 11 5.4.23 ENS Communicator ................................................................................... 5 - 12 5.4.24 M aintenance Coordinator ........................................................................ 5 - 12 5.4.25 Engineering Coordinator ........................................................................... 5 - 12 5.4.26 Radiological Coordinator ........................................................................ 5 - 13 5.4.27 Operations Coordinator ........................................................................... 5 - 13 5.4.28 Engineers (M echanicalfl&C/Electrical) .................................................. - 13 5.4.29 Reactor Engineer ..................................................................................... 5 - 14 5.4.30 OSC M anager ............................................................................................ - 14 5.4.31 Log Keeper - OSC ......................................................................................... 5-14 5.4.32 Operations Support ................................................................................... .. 5-15 5.4.33 Work Control Coordinator ....................................................................... - 15 5.4.34 M echanical/I&C/Electrical Coordinator .................................................. 5 - 15 5.4.35 Rad Chem Coordinator .............................................................................. 5 - 16 5.4.36 Company Spokesperson ........................................................................... 5 - 16 5.4.37 Technical Advisor-JIC ............................................................................ 5 - 16 5.4.38 JIC Manager ................................................................................................... 5-17 5.4.39 Information Coordinator ........................................................................... 5 - 17 5.4.40 M edia Liaison .......................................................................................... 5 - 17 5.4.41 Log Keeper - JIC ............................................................................................ 5-17 5.4.42 Logistics Coordinator ................................................................................ 5 - 18 5.4.43 Inquiry Response Coordinator .................................................................. - 18 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 5.4.44 Press Release Writer ................................................................................ 5 - 18 5.4.45 M edia M onitoring ..................................................................................... 5 - 18 5.5 Recovery Organization .................................................................................................. 5 - 19 5.6 Local Services Support .................................................................................................. 55 20 5.6.1 M edical Support ............................................................................................. 5 -20 5.6.2 Fire Support .................................................................................................... 5 -21 5.6.3 Law Enforcement Agencies .......................................................................... 5 -22 5.7 Coordination with Governmental Agencies ...................................................................... 5 -22 5.7.1 Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA) and Mississippi State Department of Health/Division of Radiological Health (DRH) ........................................................................... 5 -23 iiia Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 5.7.2 Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) and Louisiana Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (LHLS/EP) .................................... 5 - 24 5.7.3 Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense ............................ 5 - 25 5.7.4 Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness ..................................................... 5 - 25 5.7.5 Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) .................................. 5 - 26 5.7.6 Department of Energy (DOE) ............................................... 5 - 27 5.7.7 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) ........................... 5 - 27 5.7.8 U.S. Coast Guard .............................................................. - 27 5.8 Contractor Assistance ......................................................................... 5 - 28 5.9 Support for Federal Response .............................................................. 5 - 28 6.0 EMERGENCY MEASURES ....................................................................... 6- 1 6.1 Initiating Emergency Measures ............................................................. 6- 1 6.1.1 Emergency Suspension of Normal Quality Assurance Procedures and Administrative Controls, License Conditions, and Technical Specifications ........................................................ 6 - 1 6.1.2 Suspension of Normal Emergency Actions for Security Emergencies ..................................................................... 6- 1 6.2 Activation of Emergency Organization ........................................................ 6 - 2 6.2.1 Control Room Operators .......................................................... 6 - 2 6.2.2 Shift Manager ................................................................... 6- 2 6.2.3 Shift Technical Advisor ........................................................ 6- 3 6.2.4 Emergency Director ............................................................... 6 - 3 6.3 Assessment Actions ............................................................................. 6 - 4 6.3.1 Assessment Actions During Unusual Events ............................... 6 - 4 6.3.2 Assessment Actions During Alerts ........................................... 6 - 5 6.3.3 Assessment Actions During Site Area Emergencies ...................... 6 - 5 6.3.4 Assessment Actions During General Emergencies ........................ 6 - 5 6.4 Corrective Actions ............................................................................. 6- 6 iv Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 6.5 Protective Actions .............................................................................. 6-6 6.5.1 Protective Cover, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability ................... 6 - 6 6.5.1.a Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ........................... 6-6 6.5.1.b Offsite Areas .................................................................... 6-8 6.6 Contamination Control Measures ............................................................ 6 - 9 6.7 Aid to Affected Personnel ..................................................................... 6-9 6.7.1 Emergency Personnel Exposure .............................................. 6 - 9 6.7.2 Decontamination and First Aid .............................................. 6 - 11 6.7.3 Medical Transportation ........................................................ 6 - 12 6.7.4 Medical Treatment ............................................................. 6 - 12 7.0 EMERGENCY FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT ................................................ 7- 1 7.1 Facilities and Equipment ......................................................................... 7 - 1 7.2 Control Room .................................................................................... 7 - 1 7.3 Emergency Response Facilities ............................................................... 7 - 1 7.3.1 Technical Support Center (TSC) ............................................ 7-1 7.3.2 Operations Support Center (OSC) ........................................... 7-3 7.3.3 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) ....................................... 7 - 4 7.3.4 Backup Emergency Operations Facility (BEOF) .......................... 7 - 4 7.3.5 M edia C enters ....................................................................... 7 -5 7.4 County and State Emergency Centers ...................................................... 7- 6 7.4.1 Claiborne County Emergency Operations Center ......................... 7 - 6 7.4.2 Mississippi State Emergency Operations Center .......................... 7 - 6 7.4.3 Tensas Parish Emergency Operations Center .............................. 7 - 7 7.4.4 Louisiana State Emergency Operations Center ............................... 7 - 7 7.5 Communications Systems ........................................................................ 7 - 7 7.5.1 Telephone System .................................................................. 7-8 v Revision 61 03/09 I

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 7.5.2 Plant Paging System & Sound Powered Phones ........................... 7 - 8 7.5.3 Emergency Communications Equipment ....................................... 7 - 9 7.5.4 Alert Notification System .................................................... 7 - 12 7.6 Assessment Facilities ......................................................................... 7 - 12 7.6.1 Onsite Systems and Equipment .............................................. 7 - 12 7.6.2 Offsite Monitoring Equipment and Facilities .............................. 7 - 19 7.6.3 Radiological Assessment Laboratories ........................................ 7 - 20 7.6.4 Post-Accident Sampling Capability ........................................ 7 - 21 7.7 Protective Facilities .......................................................................... 7 - 22 7.8 First Aid and Medical Facilities ........................................................... 7 - 22 7.9 Rescue and Damage Control Equipment .................................................. 7 - 23 7.10 Personal Protective Equipment ................................................................. 7 - 23 8.0 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS .............................................. 8- 1 8.1 Organizational Preparedness ................................................................. 8- 1 8.2 T raining ......................................................................................... . .8 - 1 8.2.1 General Emergency Plan Training .......................................... 8- 2 8.2.2 Emergency Preparedness Training Specialized and Emergency Plan Procedure Training ....................................................... 8 - 2 8.2.3 Orientation and Training Program for Offsite Support A gencies ........................................................................ . . 8 - 3 8.3 Drills and Exercises ............................................................................ 8- 4 8.3.1 Drill and Exercise Scenarios .................................................. 8- 5 8.3.2 Drill and Exercise Schedule .................................................. 8- 6 8.4 Responsibilities .................................................................................. 8- 8 8.5 Review and Updating of the Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Procedures ................................................................. 8 - 10 8.6 Maintenance and Inventory of Emergency Equipment and Supplies ................. 8 - 11 vi Revision 44 01/01

GG FSAR SECTION PAGE 8.7 Educational Information to the Public .................................................... 8 - 12 8.8 News Media Information .................................................................... 8 - 12 9.0 REENTRY AND RECOVERY ........................................................................ 9-1 9.1 Reentry/Recovery ............................................................................... 9- 1 9 .2 Reentry ............................................................................................. 9 - 1 9 .3 Recovery ........................................................................................ . .9 - 2 vii Revision 44 01/01

GG FSAR LIST OF APPENDICES APPENDIX TITLE PAGE A Emergency Plan Cross Reference & List of Procedures that Implement the Emergency Plan ............................................................ A - 1 B List of Emergency Equipment and Supplies for Emergency Facilities and Hospitals ....................................................................... B - 1 C Reserved ......................................................................................... C - 1 D Letters of Agreement .......................................................................... D - 1 E Evacuation Time Estimate Study ............................................................ E - 1 F List of Supporting Plans ...................................................................... F - I G Reserved ......................................................................................... G - 1 H News Media Emergency Information Program for GGNS &

Public Education and Information Program for GGNS ................................. H-1 viii Revision 44 01/01

GG FSAR LIST OF TABLES TABLE TITLE PAGE 2-1 Public Facilities and Institutions ................................................................................ 2-9 2-2 Resident Population Distribution in Evacuation Area by Sector ............................ 2- 10 2-3 Permanent Resident Population by Protective Action Areas .......................2- 10a 4-1 Summ ary of Emergency Actions Levels ......................................................................... 4-5 4-2 FSAR Accident Classification ................................................................................... 4 - 23 5-1 Shift Staffing and Augmentation Capabilities .......................................................... 5 - 29 6-1 Protective Actions Guides for the Early Phase of a Nuclear Incident ...................... 6 - 14 7-1 GGN S Operational Hot Line ..................................................................................... 7 - 25 ix Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE TITLE PAGE 2-1 General Area Surrounding The Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ...................... 2 - 11 2-2 Site Layout .................................................................................. 2 - 12 2-3 Permanent Resident Population Distribution ......................................... 2 - 13 2-4 Ten-Mile Emergency Planning Zone ................................................... 2 - 14 2-5 Fifty-Mile Emergency Planning Zone ................................................ 2 - 15 5-1 Deleted .......................................................................................... 5 - 31 5-2 Normal Station Organization ............................................................ - 32 5-3 Emergency Organization ................................................................. 5 - 33 5-4 Emergency Organization ................................................................. 5 - 34 5-5 Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations ............................. 5 - 35 5-6 Federal Response Management Diagram ............................................. 5 - 36 6-1 Deleted ...................................................................................... 6 - 15 6-2 Emergency Notification Form .......................................................... 6 - 16 7-1 Emergency Facilities ..................................................................... 7 - 26 7-2 Technical Support Center ............................................................... 7 - 27 7-3 Operations Support Center .............................................................. 7 - 28 7-4 Emergency Operations Facility - Level I ............................................. 7 - 29 7-5 Emergency Operations Facility - Level II ............................................. 7 - 30 7-6 Emergency Operations Facility Location ............................................. 7 - 31 7-7 Backup Emergency Operations Facility .............................................. 7 - 32 7-8 D eleted ...................................................................................... 7 - 33 7-9 Joint Information Center .................................................................... - 34 7-10 D eleted ...................................................................................... 7 - 35 7-11 D eleted .......................................................................................... 7 - 36 7-12 Communications Interfaces ............................................................. 7 - 37 7-13 Siren L ocations ................................................................................ 7 - 38 x Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 1.0 DEFINITIONS This section provides definitions which include various terms that are unique or given connotations that differ from normally accepted usage. The list below includes terms used throughout this Emergency Plan along with the definitions that are applied to these terms.

1.1 Accident - An unintentional or unexpected event resulting in radiological exposure or physical injury to individuals and/or physical damage to property.

1.2 Activation - Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency facility for operation. Includes notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.

1.3 Affected Persons - Individual(s) who have been radiologically exposed or physically injured as a result of an accident to a degree requiring special attention, e.g., protective actions, decontamination, first aid, or medical services.

1.4 Alarm - An indication of abnormal plant conditions and/or equipment status.

1.5 Alert - An emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant or a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of Hostile Action. Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Protective Action Guideline exposure levels.

1.6 Annual - As used for scheduling purposes, means that the event will be scheduled no later than 12 months after the previous event's original schedule date. If the event is not completed within 15 months of the previous events original schedule date, it will be considered late. This definition does not apply to ERO Training. ERO Training frequency is described and defined in Training & Qualifications procedure TQ-I 10.

1.7 Assessment Action - Those actions taken during or after an accident to obtain and process 1 -1 Revision 56 01/06

GG FSAR information that is necessary to make decisions to implement specific emergency measures.

1.8 Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel prior to emergency facilities becoming fully operational.

1.9 CDE -Committed Dose Equivalent 1.10 Control Room - The location at the GGNS from which the reactor and most of its auxiliary systems are normally controlled.

1.11 Control Room Personnel - Shift Manager, Senior Reactor Operator (SRO), Reactor Operators (RO), Auxiliary Operators, and Shift Technical Advisor (STA).

1.12 Corrective Actions - Those emergency measures taken to lessen the severity of or terminate an emergency situation at or near the source of the problem in order to prevent or control a release of radioactive material or to minimize the damage to plant equipment, e.g., shutting down equipment, firefighting, repair and damage control.

1.13 County - Claibome County or Tensas Parish; same as "local."

1.14 Design Basis Accident (DBA) - One of the most important parts of the site criteria is the requirement to identify the worst case accident based on detailed analysis of hypothesized accidents. As part of the Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), the licensee is required to assume a fission product release from the core based upon a major accident, hypothesized for purposes of site analysis, or postulated from considerations of possible accident hazards not exceeded by those from any accident considered credible.

1.15 Decontamination - The removal of surface radioactive material from individuals, equipment, surfaces, food stuffs, etc.

1.16 Emergency - A sudden, urgent, usually unforeseen occurrence or occasion requiring immediate action. It may result from accidental causes, natural causes, or malicious 1- 2 Revision 44 01/01

GG FSAR man-made actions. There are four classes of emergencies considered: Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency.

1.17 Emergency Action Levels (EAL) - Radiological dose rates, specific contamination levels of airborne, waterborne, or surface-deposited concentrations of radioactive materials; or specific instrument indications (including their rates of change) that are used as thresholds for initiating such specific emergency measures as designated for a particular class of emergency, initiating a notification procedure, or initiating a particular protective action.

1.18 Emergency Director - An individual designated onsite having the authority and responsibility to initiate the Emergency Plan and coordinate efforts to reduce the consequences of the event and bring it under control (Equivalent to the position of Emergency Coordinator referenced in NUREG 0654 Rev. 1). The Shift Manager will assume this responsibility at the declaration of an Emergency.

1.19 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) - A near-site emergency center from which the offsite emergency support activities are controlled.

1.20 Emergency Plan Procedures - Procedures providing the means to implement the Emergency Plan.

1.21 Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) - Areas designated for which planning is provided to assure that prompt and effective action is initiated to protect the public in the event of an emergency.

1.22 Emergency Preparedness Owner Controlled Area (EPOCA) - the area at the site, which is owned and controlled by the station, for which the station has the responsibility to evacuate, except for any defined areas covered by agreements with State or other governmental agencies.

1-3 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 1.23 Emergency Plant Manager - an individual designated the responsibility for accident mitigation at the plant.

1.24 EOF Emergency Director - an individual designated the responsibility for the total emergency response effort and is the central figure for the emergency organization. The EOF Emergency Director relieves the Shift Manager of the Emergency Director responsibilities at which time the Shift Manager resumes Control Room duties.

1.25 Exclusion Area - The area surrounding the plant owned by the reactor licensee in which he has the authority to determine all activities including exclusion or removal of persons and property from the area during accident conditions.

1.26 Fitness For Duty (FFD) - A company policy implementing requirements under IOCFR26 that provides reasonable assurance that employees and other individuals directly associated with GGNS facilities will perform their tasks in a reliable and trustworthy manner. This is accomplished in part by assuring they are not under influence of any substance, legal or illegal, or mentally or physically impaired from any cause, which in any way adversely affects their ability to safely and competently perform their duties. This policy provides measures for early detection of persons who are not fit to perform their assigned duties.

1.27 General Emergency - An emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity or Hostile Action that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility. Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels offsite for more than the immediate site area.

1.28 Hostile Action - An act toward the plant or its personnel that includes the use of violent force to destroy equipment, take hostages, and/or intimidate the plant staff to achieve an end.

This includes attack by air, land or water using guns, explosives projectiles, vehicles, or other devices used to deliver destructive force. Other acts that satisfy the overall intent may be included. HOSTILE ACTION should not be construed to include acts of civil disobedience or felonious acts that are not part of a concerted attack on the plant. Non-1 -4 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR terrorism based EALs should be used to address such activities, (e.g. violent acts between individuals in the owner controlled area).

1.29 Hostile Force - One or more individuals who are engaged in a determined assault, overtly or by stealth and deception, equipped with suitable weapons capable of killing, maiming, or causing destructions.

1.30 Ingestion Exposure Pathway - An area with a radius of about 50 miles from the reactor site.

Predetermined protective action plans are in place for this EPZ and are designed to avoid or reduce dose from potential ingestion of radioactive materials. These actions include a ban of contaminated food and water.

1.31 Joint Information Center (JIC) - An area designated outside the protected area that provides a location for the media so that communication and information can be disseminated concerning plant conditions and emergency operations.

1.32 Low Population Zone (LPZ) - As defined in 10CFR100.3, the area immediately surrounding the exclusion area which contains residents, the total number and density are such that appropriate protective measures could be taken in their behalf in the event of a serious accident. The low population zone for the Grand Gulf Site is the area within a 2-mile radius from the plant.

1.33 Non-Essential Personnel - employees not having emergency assignments (ERO), visitors, contractors/construction personnel, and members of the public who may be in public access areas within the Exclusion Area or Emergency Preparedness Owner Controlled Area. Non-essential personnel and non-emergency personnel are equivalent and used interchangeably.

1.34 Offsite - As used for accountability purposes, any area outside the GGNS protected area. As used for plume tracking survey purposes, all areas beyond the site boundary.

1-5 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 1.35 Onsite - As used for accountability purposes, the area within the GGNS protected area. As used for plume tracking survey purposes, all areas external to the power block, out to and including the site boundary.

1.36 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.

1.37 Operations Support Center (OSC) - Location from which onsite non-control room activities are staged and implemented.

1.38 Pathway - Method by which radiological exposure is received.

1.39 Plan - The Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan.

1.40 Plume Exposure Pathway - The process by which a person receives exposure from direct interaction with the products of a radiological release. This includes receiving direct gamma radiation from sources external to the body, both instantaneous and short term due to being in the presence of the products of the release. It also includes direct gamma, beta, and alpha radiation from sources inside the body due to inhalation.

1.41 Plume Tracking Survey - Onsite or offsite surveys performed to support offsite dose assessments which are ultimately used to provide state and local agencies with Protective Action Recommendations.

1.42 Population-at-Risk - Those persons for whom protective actions are being or would be taken upon implementation of the plan.

1.43 Population Center - A densely populated area with 25,000 or more inhabitants.

1.44 Protective Actions - Those emergency measures taken, either in anticipation of or after a release of radioactive material has occurred, for the purpose of preventing or minimizing radiological exposure to individuals.

1-6 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR 1.45 Protective Action Guides (PAGs) - Guidelines for protective action recommendations to state and local agencies based on predetermined projected radiological dose or dose commitment values to individuals in the general population that warrant protective action in anticipation of or following a release of radioactive material.

1.46 Protected Area - As defined in 10CFR73.2, an area encompassed by physical barriers to which access is controlled for security purposes.

1.47 Recovery Action - Those actions taken after the emergency to restore the plant as nearly as possible to pre-emergency conditions.

1.48 Restricted Area - As defined in 10CFR20.1003, any area to which access is controlled by the licensee for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation and radioactive material.

1.49 Security Owner Controlled Area - SOCA. The Security area between the OCA detection fence and the protected area boundary.

1.50 SDE - Shallow Dose Equivalent 1.51 Shift Manager - The senior management representative in charge of overall plant operations during each shift.

1.52 Site Area Emergency - An emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public or Hostile Action that result in intentional damage or malicious acts; (1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to likely failure of or; (2) prevents effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public. Any releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary.

1.53 State - The State of Mississippi or Louisiana.

1-7 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 1.54 Station - The Grand Gulf Nuclear Station.

1.55 Technical SupRort Center (TSC) - An area which accommodates personnel acting in support of the command and control functions but separate from the control room. These personnel, under the guidance of the Emergency Plant Manager, supply in-depth diagnostic and corrective engineering and radiological assistance to the plant operations staff.

1.56 TEDE - Total Effective Dose Equivalent 1.57 Unrestricted Area - As defined in 10CFR20.1003, any area to which access is not controlled by the licensee for the purpose of protection of individuals from exposure to radioactive materials.

1.58 Unusual Event - An emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant or indicate a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. (This is the same as the Notification of Unusual Event defined in NUREG-0654; the two expressions are used interchangeably in the Plan and related procedures as appropriate.)

1-8 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY 2.1 Criterion for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan Development The Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan (the Plan) has been developed in accordance with NUREG-0654/FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1, "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants." The format parallels the guidance given in NRC Regulatory Guide 1.101, "Emergency Planning for Nuclear Plants," Revision 1, dated March, 1977.

2.2 Applicability of the Emergency Plan 2.2.1 General Information and Site Description The Grand Gulf Nuclear Station is a nuclear power plant operated by Entergy Operations, Inc. An area map showing the geographical location of the facility is provided in Figure 2-1.

The design of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station is that of a boiling water nuclear steam supply system supplied by the General Electric Company. A diagram identifying the station facilities is provided in Figure 2-2.

The plant is located in Claiborne County, Mississippi. The site is on the east bank of the Mississippi River, approximately 25 miles south, southwest of Vicksburg and 37 miles north-northeast of Natchez. The Grand Gulf Military Park borders a portion of the north side of the property, and the small community of Grand Gulf is approximately 1-1/2 miles to the north. The town of Port Gibson is about 6 miles southeast of the site. Two lakes, Gin Lake and Hamilton Lake, are located in the western portion of the site. These lakes were once the channel of the Mississippi River and average about eight to ten feet in depth.

The site and its environs consist primarily of woodlands divided between two 2- 1 Revision 23 6/92

GG FSAR physiographic regions. The western half of the site is in the alluvial plain of the Mississippi River; the eastern half is in the Loess or Bluff Hills. The elevation of the site varies between 60 and 80 feet above mean sea level in the alluvial plain region, while the Loess Hills portion varies from 80 to more than 200 feet above mean sea level (MSL).

The plant site property boundary encompasses approximately 2100 acres of property that makes up the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS) plant site. System Energy Resources, Inc. (SERI), South Mississippi Electric Power Association (SMEPA), and Entergy -

Mississippi own the plant site property as noted in Section 2.1.1.2 of the GGNS FSAR.

There are no unrelated industrial, commercial, institutional or residential structures, with the exception of a Branch Office for Riverland Credit Union, located within the site boundary.

Riverland Credit Union Branch Office is located in the Site Processing Facility which is inside the exclusion area.

The boundary lines of the plant exclusion area consist of semicircles drawn from the center of each containment joined by tangent straight lines. The minimum distance from each reactor to the exclusion area is 696 meters. This is the closest distance from the center of Unit 1 containment to the plant property line.

There are no railroads or waterways that traverse the site. One county road runs through the site; Bald Hill Road traverses the exclusion area and cuts through the south-southeast, south, south-southwest, and southwest sectors.

The site area is accessible by two major highways. U.S. Highway 61 and State Highway 18 connect Port Gibson (6 miles southeast of the site) with Natchez, Jackson and Vicksburg.

2-2 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR There are no military installations located near the site area and no known missile sites in either Mississippi or Louisiana. The nearest military facility is England Air Force Base in Alexandria, Louisiana, about 100 miles to the southwest.

The Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) is located within the protected area boundary for interim dry storage of spent fuel. The HOLTEC spent fuel storage casks are designed to ensure protection of public health and safety through the use of physical barriers to guard against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity and through the use of shielding to minimize radiation dose to the public from both normal and off-normal conditions of operation. The analysis summarized in the HOLTEC Cask FSAR demonstrate that under assumed accident conditions, the consequences of accidents challenging the integrity of the barriers will not exceed limits established in 10 CFR 72.106.

2-2 a Revision 58 12/06

GG FSAR 2.2.2 Population and Population Distribution The individuals residing in the LPZ are distributed such that appropriate measures could be taken in their behalf in the event of a serious accident.

Figure 2-3 illustrates the LPZ and indicates population distribution within a 10-mile radius of the site. Table 2-1 lists the facilities and institutions within approximately ten miles of the GGNS which may require special consideration in preparing emergency plans.

Seasonal and peak daily transient population within the LPZ is mainly due to recreational use of the Grand Gulf Military Park, hunting and sport fishing.

The closest population center is Vicksburg, Mississippi, located approximately 25 miles north-northeast of the site, with a 1990 population of 27,496. The nearest major city is Jackson, Mississippi. Jackson is located about 55 miles east-northeast of the site and has a population of 196,637 according to a 1990 population survey. Table 2-2 shows the resident population distribution in evacuation area by sector.

2.2.3 Emergency Planning Zones In defining the Emergency Planning Zones (EPZs), Grand Gulf Nuclear Station has taken into consideration such things as organizational capabilities, method of implementation for various emergency plans and the availability of onsite and offsite emergency facilities and equipment. EPZs are designated areas for which planning is recommended to assure that prompt and effective actions are taken to protect the public in the event of an emergency.

Two primary zones have been identified for the purpose of development and implementation of emergency planning. The first Emergency Planning Zone has a 10-mile radius. This EPZ is established in response to the possible direct exposure to the 2-3 Revision 25 12/93

GG FSAR plume. Within this zone, shelter, evacuation and consideration of prophylactic use of potassium iodide are the protective actions recommended for the general public, as necessary. The principal concern in the 10 mile EPZ is the plume exposure pathway. The counties within the 10 mile EPZ are Claiborne County and Warren County, in Mississippi, and Tensas Parish in Louisiana (refer to figure 2-4). Beyond a ten mile radius the effect of direct exposure to the plume is no longer of significant concern because the plume is sufficiently dispersed so as not to present an immediate hazard.

The second EPZ has a fifty mile radius. This EPZ is established in response to possible exposure to deposited radionuclides, whether in water or on the ground or vegetation. The principal concern in the 50 mile EPZ is the ingestion exposure pathway. This may necessitate monitoring of such pathways as crops, dairy cows, farm animals, and pastures.

Those counties in Mississippi within the 50-mile EPZ include Issaquena, Sharkey, Yazoo, Warren, Madison, Hinds, Rankin, Copiah, Simpson, Lincoln, Amite, Franklin, Adams, Jefferson, Wilkinson, and Claiborne. Those parishes in Louisiana within the 50-mile EPZ include East and West Carol, Richland, Madison, Tensas, Catahoula, Concordia, Franklin, and Caldwell (refer to Figure 2-5). Figure 2-4 is a detailed 10-mile sector map.

2.3 Scope of the Emergency Plan The principles of effective emergency preparedness incorporate not only the emergency response for systems but also include response for people. Engineered safety systems at the Station are designed to ensure that the consequences of a major malfunction are to be mitigated prior to any adverse effect on the general public or the Station. The basis for emergency planning is to provide human emergency response in much the same way as safety systems do for the physical plant.

2-4 Revision 56 01/06

GG FSAR 2.3.1 Regulatory Requirements IOCFR50, "Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities," requires that each application for a license to operate a facility include in a Final Safety Analysis Report 2-4a Revision 52 07/04

GG FSAR (FSAR), along with other information, the applicant's plans for coping with emergencies, including the items specified in IOCFR50.34, IOCFR50.47, and 10CFR Part 50, Appendix E. 10CFR100.3 "Reactor Site Criteria," in the definitions of Exclusion Area and Low Population Zone, establishes additional criteria for plans to cope with emergencies and serious accidents. Specific requirements of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission are detailed in NUREG 0654/FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1, "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants."

2.3.2 Objectives of the Emergency Plan The objectives of the Emergency Plan are:

a. Enable classification of the emergency
b. Assign responsibilities
c. Provide for assessment of onsite and offsite radiological conditions during and/or following an emergency.
d. Outline the most effective course of action required to safeguard the public and plant personnel in the event of an emergency.
e. Recommend implementation of any protective actions deemed appropriate.
f. Enable mitigation of the radiological consequences of an emergency, both onsite and offsite.
g. Provide for the training of all emergency organization personnel.

2.4 Emergency Plan Interrelationships The Plan is designed to be compatible with radiological incident plans developed by local, state and Federal agencies through establishment of communication channels with these agencies, and by setting criteria for the notification of such authorities.

The Plan should not, in itself, be considered the sole working document to be used during an emergency. The purpose of the Plan is to classify emergencies according to their 2-5 Revision 25 12/93

GG FSAR severity, to assign responsibilities for actions, and to establish the lines of authority and communication so that the most effective course of action can be developed to safeguard the public and plant personnel in the event of an emergency. Detailed instructions and guidelines for emergency actions are included in various emergency procedures. The principal emergency facilities that the major groups function from, are shown in Figure 7-1, including general locations from GGNS.

2.4.1 Emergency Plan Procedures Detailed procedures required to implement the Plan have been developed. Emergency Plan Procedures (EPPs), which direct the actions of emergency organization, are safety related and located in Volume 10 of the GGNS Plant Operating Procedures Manual. An index of these procedures is included in Appendix A. Detailed implementing procedures for emergencies considered to be special events, such as civil disturbances, bomb threats, and breaches in security are included as part of the GGNS Physical Security Plan.

Separate emergency procedures are not provided for activities already covered by plant or section operating procedures (i.e., calibration of survey instruments). The Plan incorporates certain aspects of the plant's operating procedures, radiation protection procedures, fire procedures and security procedures, where they are required for clarification.

2.4.2 Related Plans. Programs and Procedures Several plans, programs and procedures have been developed to assure the safe operation of the Station. The Plan and Emergency Plan Procedures have been written to coordinate with these other plans, programs and procedures. During emergency situations, the coordination and utilization of all plans and procedures is essential.

The Security Plan and procedures have been coordinated with the Plan and Emergency Plan Procedures to minimize the consequences of an emergency situation. Security 2-6 Revision 25 12/93

GG FSAR Procedures contain an explanation of the duties and responsibilities for security personnel in the event of an emergency.

Provisions for radiological control at the Station have been covered in Administrative and Radiation Protection Procedures. These Procedures establish controls and protective measures to be placed on work being conducted within the Restricted Area.

A number of emergency operating procedures have been developed to control plant operation during emergency situations. These emergency operating procedures work in conjunction with the Emergency Plan Procedures and are safety related procedures.

A site fire plan for the control of fires has also been developed and procedurally implemented to assure the safe operation of the station. Fire Plan procedures are referenced in the Emergency Plan Procedures.

2.4.3 Participating Governmental Agencies Participating governmental agencies whose plans are interrelated with this plan for action include the following:

a. Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)

Charged with direct responsibility for the planning and coordination of the activities of State and local government agencies in the event of a radiological emergency.

b. Mississippi State Department of Health (MSDH)

Has overall responsibility to protect the public health and safety of the general populace from the hazards of radiation. The Division of Radiological Health (DRH) is that division within the MSDH which is assigned the specific responsibility with regard to the hazards of radiation.

c. Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)

Has overall responsibility for planning as well as the lead technical response role in the event of a radiological emergency.

2-7 Revision 39 7/99

GG FSAR

d. Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)

Has responsibility for coordination of state agencies as well as logistical and resource support to local governments in the event of a radiological emergency.

e. Department of Enery (DOE)

The DOE, a Federal agency, provides radiological monitoring assistance. There are trained personnel on staff to provide additional expertise onsite/offsite during a radiological accident.

f. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)

The role of the NRC during a radiological emergency is that of verifying that emergency plans and procedures have been implemented, assuring that the public health and safety are protected, and conducting investigative activities associated with the incident. The NRC assists in the coordination of Federal response resources and provide to the licensee, state, and local agencies advisory assistance associated with assessing and mitigating hazards to the public. The NRC's actions are governed by NUREG-728, "NRC Incident Response Plan",

and NUREG-0845, "Agency Procedures for the NRC Incident Response Plan."

g. County and Parish Emergency Services Claiborne County in Mississippi and Tensas Parish in Louisiana are the local governmental jurisdictions within the 10 mile radius of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. They have developed plans to be implemented in the event of a radiological emergency. Claiborne County Civil Defense and Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness have communication centers which serve as the means for notifying various support services (fire and rescue, transportation, law enforcement).

2-8 Revision 58 12/06

GG FSAR TABLE 2-1 PUBLIC FACILITIES AND INSTITUTIONS Distance From Facility Reactor Centerline (mi.) Direction Port Gibson Middle School 5.1 SE Port Gibson High School 6.5 ESE Watson Elementary School 4.1 SE Richardson (MAP) Headstart 4.5 SE Chamberlain-Hunt Academy 5.5 SE Claiborne Education Foundation 5.3 SE Alcorn State University 10.5 SSW Patient's Choice Medical Center 5.5 SE Claiborne County Health Center 4.9 SE Claiborne County Courthouse 4.7 SE Grand Gulf Military Park 1.5 N Lake Bruin State Park 9.5 WSW Port Gibson City Hall 5.2 SE 2-9 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR TABLE 2-2 Resident Population Distribution in Evacuation Area by Sector

  • Sector 0-1 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-10 10-15 Total A 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 11 B 0 0 0 0 0 0 325 325 C 0 7 0 0 24 101 422 554 D 0 1 0 35 94 125 74 329 E 0 0 0 9 17 111 247 384 F 0 5 0 0 417 821 547 1790 G 0 0 0 8 573 1992 655 3228 H 0 0 4 40 0 577 755 1376 J 0 0 0 4 0 38 426 468 K 0 0 2 0 0 2765 95 2862 L 0 0 4 0 0 74 92 170 M 0 0 0 0 0 1520 4 1524 N 0 0 0 0 0 310 7 317 P 0 0 0 0 0 1210 106 1316 Q 0 0 0 0 0 68 0 68 R 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • Centerline of Sector In Degrees True North 22 '-ýo From Facility Sector 0 & 360 A 22 B 45 C 67 D 90 E 112 F 135 G 157 H 180 J 202 K 225 L 247 M 270 N 292 P 315 Q 337 R NOTES: 1. The letters I and 0 have been omitted from sector designators so as to eliminate possible confusion between letters and numbers.
2. Source of data: 2012 Grand Gulf Evacuation Time Estimate Study pages 3-6 & 3-8.

2-10 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TABLE 2-3 Permanent Resident Population and Vehicles by PAS/PAA PAS/PAA 2010 Population 2010 Resident Vehicles 1 43 24 2A 305 166 2B 151 83 3A 961 519 313 388 209 4A 2,407 1,298 4B 453 248 5A 138 75 5B 356 193 6 2,629 1,686 7 28 15 8 126 71 9 1,185 642 10 394 214 11 1,403 755 12 TOTAL 10,967 6,198 2-10a Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR

+ AIRPORT 0 5 1a 15 20

-~------ INTERSTATE HIGHWAY US HIGHWAY m ^-,cr LII C) r* P.,,tJt. L

^r-.

,.' *..J#,. , Malog General Area Surrounding the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station FIGURE 2-1 2-11 Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR SI3 T~uctionBJdd Site Layout FIGURE 2-2 Page 2-12 Rev 68 08/12

GG FSAR N

NNW NNE o

0-WNW ENE 1 210 W

62 F31 wSW I ESE 1,243 1,520

- 2.629

' 10 Miles to EPZ Boundary SSW 2,76 S Resident Population Miles Subtotal by Ring Cumulative total 0-1 0 0 1-2 24 24 2-3 10 34 3-4 96 130 W E 4-5 1,125 1.255 5.6 2,207 3,462 6-7 576 4,038

/-U 254 4,292 8-9 347 4,639 9- 10 1,008 5,647 10- EPI 5320 10967 Inset -

Total: 10,97 0 -2Miles S Permanent Resident Population Distribution FIGURE 2-3 2-13 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LEGEND EMERGENCY PLANNING ZONE BOUNDARY PRO'rECTIVEACTION AREA BOUNDARY PROTECTIVEACTION

-2a9k AREA NUMBER AND L +/-66 *EVACUEE POPULATION Scale 1 inch equals2.7 mies TEN MILE RAMNIG ZONE ORIGINAL MAP PRODUCED BY MAJRLS. JUNE 1993 Soume of Data Proteie Ati Arean% acqaderime id cmvii rose were dikirLd by *a MAýfTedrýa wowerK406wspp roeu and sreamr dMaVere deed from UsS X1..Oooo oC iMe Gradm vle towin roads mad wewa were prmised by tbe MAM5Tednial cuter from weited stues Departmnut of conmormrce, Bireau of dii coum TiER fie for TIeias Parish Papudefi dkures suipled by lID Dimwnerir from dii =20 "M Evaiaou uSme Eefme RSuid, Noeenwer The iuformnation cusaysed on dir mq was derived fromn a varmeiof public and private source 7MeBoard of Truses of doi woftjimi of Pdgme LaarvnumeJMAmI Tedminl Cu0er madui no, waranres asto doe 0o00-rss, acu*ay, realt or Ten-Mile Emergency Planning Zone FIGURE 2-4 2-14 Revision 70 11/13

GG LEGEND FSAR EVACUATION Iterstuate BOUTES R I.- Hi .... .

Fifty Mile Emergency Planning Zone 0 EMERGENCY US HOW-0 SWORKER J STATIONS T.

AIRPORT t State H Io%

a Other Paxds EN water o I 5

1 10

.... 420 RANKIN SIMPSON I

Fig 2-5 Rev 64 (11/10 )

Page 2-15

GG FSAR 3.0

SUMMARY

OF EMERGENCY PLAN OF EMERGENCY PLAN OF EMERGENCY PLAN 3.1 Emergency Planning Planning Plannina In accordance with the requirements of IOCFR50.47 and Appendix E to 10CFR50, and supplemented by the guidance issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in NUREG-0654 and other documents, the Plan and its associated Emergency Plan Procedures have been established to cope with the various types of emergencies in an orderly and effective manner.

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station maintains the capability to assess, classify, and declare an emergency condition within 15 minutes after the availability of indications to plant operators that an emergency action level has been exceeded and shall promptly declare the emergency condition as soon as possible following identification of the appropriate emergency classification level.

The Plan shall be implemented by the appropriate procedures in Appendix A whenever a real or potential plant emergency is identified that meets the Emergency Action Level criteria described in Section 4.0. The details of the Emergency Plan Procedures are not included herein, but the information contained within the Plan includes a description of procedures to an extent sufficient to demonstrate that the Plan provides assurance that appropriate actions can be taken by the Station and support agencies to protect Station personnel and the general public during emergencies.

The Plan establishes the concepts, evaluation and assessment criteria, and protective actions that are necessary to mitigate the consequences of any of the four classes of emergencies. The Plan also provides the necessary pre-arrangements, directions, and organizations so that all Station emergencies can be effectively resolved in order to safeguard Station personnel, property, and the general public.

I3-1 Revision 68 08/12

GG FSAR 3.2 Emergency Plan Steps In general, the Plan encompasses the following:

a. Detection of the emergency
b. Classification of the emergency
c. Activation of the responding organization(s)
d. Assessment of the event
e. Initiation of corrective actions
f. Recommend initiation of protective actions 3 -1a Revision 68 08/12 I

GG FSAR

g. Aid to affected persons
h. Re-entry and Recovery 3.3 Emergency Direction and Assignments At the onset of all station emergencies, the Shift Manager shall assume the position of Emergency Director and is responsible for initiating the immediate actions required to safeguard the public, onsite personnel and equipment. Utilizing the Emergency Plan Procedures, he orders the activation of the necessary portions of the Emergency Organization. Upon notification of an Unusual Event from the Shift Manager, the EOF Emergency Director may report to the plant and assume the position of Emergency Director as deemed necessary. Upon notification of an Alert or higher emergency classification, the EOF Emergency Director reports to the site and assumes the position of Emergency Director from the Shift Manager. The Shift Manager will resume control room duties upon relief by the augmenting EOF Emergency Director when the EOF is declared operational. Section 5.0 describes, in detail, the assignments and duties of key Emergency Organization Personnel.

The criteria which are to be considered for the safe operation of the plant and/or for actions during an emergency are summarized below:

a. Protection of plant personnel and the general public has the highest priority. Plant system and equipment protection is secondary.
b. Whenever there is doubt as to the classification of the emergency condition, the more conservative case shall be considered.
c. Operators are to believe and respond conservatively to all alarms. Alarms and instrumentation are only to be considered erroneous if proven so by 2 independent indications.
d. Alarms shall be promptly acknowledged and the required response action taken.
e. Indications of situations and actions taken are to be made a matter of record.

Notifications to personnel and/or offsite agencies are also to be made a matter of record.

3-2 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 4.0 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS 4.1 Emergency Classification System There are four classes of emergency conditions used in emergency planning. These four classes cover the entire spectrum of possible emergency situations, from minor local incidents to hypothetical major radiological emergencies, and allow for classification of an accident, notification of the appropriate offsite agencies and support groups, and the activation of emergency organizations. The system also provides for the notification and implementation of actions immediately applicable to a specific condition, and for upgrading the response to the appropriate level of classification in the event of a change in the severity of the condition. These actions are further described in Section 6.0.

Emergency Action Levels (EALs) are used to proyide indication that an initiating condition exists. These levels are composed of a combination of plant parameters (such as instrument readings and system status) that can be used to give relatively quick indication to the Station operating staff of the severity of the accident situation. The purpose of the EALs is to provide the earliest possible indication of actual or potential accident situations. In most cases further assessment action is conducted both onsite and offsite before actual protective actions are initiated. EALs associated with radiological releases are related to the Environmental Protection Agency's Protective Action Guides (PAGs) summarized in EPA 400-R-92-001 "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents." A determination by the station emergency organization, along with state and local support agencies, of the potential of reaching or exceeding the PAGs is performed in accordance with dose assessment procedures in the event of a radiological release to the environment. The EALs discussed in this section are found in Table 4-1. The EALs were developed from guidance in NEI 99-01, Revision 4 "Methodology for Development of Emergency Action Levels" and from accidents analyzed in the GGNS Final Safety Analysis Report. When EALs are observed in conjunction with plant or equipment status due to planned maintenance or testing activities, an emergency condition may or may not exist and the situation must be evaluated on a case by case basis.

4-1 Revision 59 06/07

GG FSAR The four emergency classes that comprise the emergency classification system are:

a. Unusual Event
b. Alert
c. Site Area Emergency
d. General Emergency 4.1.1 Unusual Event The Unusual Event classification is an emergency in which events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant or indicate a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. No release of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs.

The EALs Table 4-1, while comprehensive, are not meant to be all inclusive. The Emergency Director may declare an Unusual Event based on other plant conditions and the potential for the degradation of these conditions.

Training of the Emergency Organization members should emphasize the need to evaluate the potential for more serious plant conditions to occur at a future time.

4.1.2 Alert The Alert classification is an emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant or a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of Hostile Action. Because of the increased potential for more serious offsite consequences, the emergency organization is activated, as well as notification of key offsite authorities and the news media. The Alert class also addresses limited releases of radioactive material and therefore might require some radiological monitoring and assessment actions by the emergency organizations.

4-2 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR The Alert class assures that emergency personnel are readily available to respond to a change in plant conditions and to provide assessment support as required.

4.1.3 Site Area Emergency Site Area Emergency is an emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public or Hostile Action that result in intentional damage or malicious acts; (1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to likely failure of or; (2) prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public.

Immediate protective actions are not required upon notification of a Site Area Emergency condition; however, preliminary steps are initiated in anticipation of possible protective actions. These preliminary steps include complete activation of the emergency organization, alerting and/or mobilizing of monitoring teams, and notification of all offsite authorities and the news media. The Site Area Emergency class includes accidents which have a significant potential for the release of radioactive material.

Unlike the two previously described classes of emergencies, the Site Area Emergency is very likely to involve some radiation exposure to the near-site public. Also, many of the accidents included in this class have the potential for escalation to the General Emergency class.

4.1.4 General Emergency The most severe emergency class used in emergency planning is the General Emergency.

General Emergency is an emergency classification in which events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity or Hostile Action that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility.

4-3 Revision 65 04/11

GG FSAR Protective actions shall be recommended upon declaration of the General Emergency, as the accidents considered could result in the exceeding of the lower limits of the PAGs. The General Emergency EALs that require dose projections offsite use actual meteorology rather than the adverse meteorology assumptions used in the Site Area Emergency action levels.

None of the accidents analyzed in the FSAR would normally be classified as a General Emergency. However, the Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) within the reactor coolant pressure boundary analyzed in the FSAR could lead to a General Emergency classification in a situation where there was a subsequent loss of plant safety systems leading to a possible core melt and failure of containment. Criteria to be used for declaration of a General Emergency includes core and containment status as well as actual radiation release data.

4.2 Classification of Postulated Accidents A thorough analysis of each of the postulated accidents is included in the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR). All of the postulated accidents could be classified into one of the four emergency classes (See Table 4-2). In classifying each of the postulated accidents, the conservative assumptions used in the FSAR analysis were considered. It is possible that occurrence of some of the postulated accidents results in a classification lower in severity.

4- 4 Revision 61 03/09

GO PSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS ABNORMAL RAD LEVELS I RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT IPlant Modes: [f Power Operations F] Startup RJ Hot Shutdown [J Cold Shutdown [i5 Refueling R Defueled 1 I_ GEEA EMREC I. SIT ARE EMREC LRTIUUULV I AGI__ 'iiASIEIID IGAAI1j AUMI :iI1+ 3-Il Offsite dose resulting from an actual or IMMINENT Offsite dose resulting from an actual or IMMINENT Any release of gaseous or liquid radioactivity to the Any release of gaseous or liquid radioactivity to release of gaseous radioactivity >1000 mR TEDE or release of gaseous radioactivity > 100 mR TEDE or environment > 200 times the ODCM limit for the environment > 2 times the ODCM limit for a 60 5000 mR Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected 500 mR Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected Ž 15 minutes minutes.

duration of the release using actual meteorology duration of the release Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3) Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3)

Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3) Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3) NOTE: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is NOTE: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the NOTE: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the NOTE: The Emergency Directorshould not wait untilthe applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as determined that the release duration has exceeded, or willlikely applicable time has elapsed,but should declare the event as exceed, the applicable time. In the absence of data to the contrary, soon as it is determined that the release duration has soon as it is determined thatthe condition will likely exceed the soon as itis determined that the condition will likely exceed the assume thatthe release duration hasexceeded the applicabletime if exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. In the applicable time. Ifdose assessment results are available,the applicable time. If dose assessmentresults are available, the an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unknown. absence of data to the contrary,assume that the release classificationshould be basedon EAL#2 instead of EAL #1. Do classificationshould be based on EAL #2 insteadofEAL #1. Do duration has exceeded the applicabletime if an ongoing IA release is detected and the release start time is unknown.

C not delay declarationawaitingdose assessment results. not delay declarationawaitingdose assessment results. 1. VALID readings on the radiation monitors in Table 0 R1 "ALERT" > the reading shown for a 15 minutes.

1. VALID readings on the radiation monitors in 1. VALID readings on the radiation monitors in OR 1. VALID readings on the radiation monitors in La Table R1 "GENERAL EMERGENCY" > the T'r ki D4"IT

-Q'COACA OLACDfEKWIfV" f Table R1 "UNUSUAL EVENT" > the reading

'U reading shown for > 15 minutes. reading shown for ? 15 minutes. 2. a. For liquid release SD17K606 Radwaste Effluent shown for B 60 minutes.

U Radiation Monitor:

02 OR OR EITHER OR

.2 2. Dose assessment using actual meteorology VALID reading > 400 times the Hi-Hi alarm 0 2. Dose assessment using actual meteorology 2. VALID reading on any effluent monitor > 4 indicates doses > 1000 mR TEDE or > 5000 indicates doses > 100 mR TEDE or > 500 mR setpoint established by a current radioactivity

'U discharge permit for > 15 minutes. times the Hi-Hi alarm setpoint established by a Er mR thyroid CDE at or beyond the site thyroid CDE at or beyond the site boundary. current radioactivity discharge permit for B 60 boundary. OR OR VALID reading > 1E6 cpm for > 15 minutes. minutes.

OR 3. Field survey results indicate closed window OR OR

3. Field survey results indicate closed window dose rates > 100 mR/hr expected to continue b. VALID reading on any effluent monitor > 400
3. Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or dose rates > 1000 mR/hr expected to continue for > 60 minutes; or analyses of field survey times the Hi-Hi alarm setpoint established by a liquid releases indicate concentrations or for > 60 minutes; or analyses of field survey samples indicate thyroid CDE > 500 mR for current radioactivity discharge permit for a 15 release rates > 2 times the ODCM limit for samples indicate thyroid CDE > 5000 mR for one hour of inhalation, at or beyond the site minutes.

> 60 minutes.

one hour of inhalation, at or beyond the site boundary. OR boundary.

3. Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases indicate concentrations or release rates

> 200 times the ODCM limit for > 15 minutes.

Table RI: EAL THRESHOLD Method GENERAL EMERGENCY SITE AREA EMERGENCY ALERT UNUSUAL EVENT Computer Point Threshold Computer Point Threshold Computer Point Threshold Computer Point Threshold Release Point Total:

OG/Radwaste Vent FHA Vent D173004 3.37E+02 Cl/sec D173003 3.37 D173002 3.73E+00 Cl/sec D173001 CTMT Vent In Alarm In Alarm In Alarm In Alarm Turb Bldg Vent SBGT A/B 4-5 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS ABNORMAL RAD LEVELS I RADIO... ICA........NT IPlant Mode 77 j ,.. .- __________________ led I I

AA2 AU2 EEF Damage to irradiated fuel or loss of water level that has UNPLANNED rise in plant radiation levels resulted or will result in the uncovering of irradiated fuel Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2) outside the reactor vessel

1. a. UNPLANNED water level drop in a Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2) reactor refueling pathway as indicated by
1. A water level drop in the Upper Ctmt Pools, Aux water level drop in Upper Ctmt Pools, Bldg Fuel Pools or Fuel Transfer Canal that will Aux Bldg Fuel Pools or the Fuel Transfer result in irradiated fuel becoming uncovered. Canal, personnel observation or indication on area camera.

I.OR AND

b. VALID Area Radiation Monitor reading
2. A VALID alarm on any of the following radiation rise on any of the following:

monitors due to damage to irradiated fuel or loss of water level: Ctmt 209 Airlock --------. (ID21K630)

Ctmt Fuel Hdlg Area------ (1D21K626)

Ctmt Vent ---- -- (P601-19A-G9) Aux Bldg Fuel Hdlg Area - (1D21K622)

FH Area Vent ------------------------ (P601-19A-Cil)

Ctmt 209 Airlock ---------- (P844-1A-A1) OR Ctmt Fuel Hdlg Area ---...... (P844-1A-A3) NOTE: For Control Room Envelope review Aux Bldg Fuel Hdlg Area ------- (P844-1A-A4) Initiating ConditionAA3.

0 2. UNPLANNNED VALID Area Radiation Monitor readings or survey results indicate a rise by a factor of 1000 over normal* levels AA3 Rise in radiation levels within the facility that impedes NOTE: Forarea radiationmonitors with ranges operation of systems required to maintain plant safety incapable of measuring 1000 times normal*

functions levels, classification shall be based on VALID full scale indicationsunless surveys confirm that area Emergency Action Level(s): radiationlevels are below 1000 times normal*

1. Dose rate > 15 mR/hr in any of the following within 15 minutes of the Area RadiationMonitor areas requiring continous occupancy to maintain indicationsgoing full scale.

plant safety functions:

  • Normal can be considered the highest reading in

. Control Room Envelope the past 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> excluding the current peak value.

4-6 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS

, r I I COLD SHUTDOWNIREFUELING 1Plant Modes: P Cold Shutdown U5 Refueling UD Defueled I GENRA EMRGNC IiIEAE MREC IAETIUUULVN I ICGI 4_5 I-csi 4i5 [ýAi 4 5 cul L4.I Loss of RCS inventory affecting fuel clad integrity with Loss of RCSIRPV inventory affecting core decay heat Loss of RCS/RPV inventory RCS leakage containment challenged removal capability Emergency Action Levells):

Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

Emeraency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3) Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the Note: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicabletime has elapsed, but should declare the event as applicabletime has elapsed, but should declare the applicabletime has elapsed,but should declare the event Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wail until the applicabletime has elapsed,but should declare the event soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed event as soon as it is determined that the condition will as soon as it is determinedthat the condition will likely the applicable time. likely exceed the applicabletime.

exceed the applicabletime. as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicabletime.

1. a. RPV level < - 167 in. (TAF) for> 30 minutes
1. With CONTAINMENT CLOSURE not established, 1. Loss of RCS inventory as indicated by RPV level 1. RCS leakage results in the inability to AND < -41.6 in. (Level 2). maintain or restore RPV level > +11.4 in.
b. Any containment challenge indication in Table RPV level < -47.6 in. OR (Level 3) for > 15 minutes.

C1 2. RCS level cannot be monitored for> 15 minutes OR OR with a loss of RCS inventory as indicated by an

2. a. RCS level cannot be monitored with core 2. With CONTAINMENT CLOSURE established, unexplained rise in floor or equipment sump level, 0 uncovery indicated by any of the following for RPV level < -167 in. (TAF) Suppression Pool level, vessel make-up rate or

> 30 minutes. observation of leakage or inventory loss.

OR

" Containment High Range Radiation Monitor reading > 100 R/hr 3. RCS level cannot be monitored for 41 > 30 minutes with a loss of RCS inventory as

" Erratic Source Range Monitor indication indicated by any of the following:

" Unexplained rise in floor or equipment sump level, Suppression Pool level, vessel make-up rate or observation of leakage or " Containment High Range Radiation Monitor inventory loss reading > 100 Rlhr

0. " Erratic Source Range Monitor indication AND
b. Any containment challenge indication in Table , Unexplained rise in floor or equipment sump 0 Cl level, Suppression Pool level, vessel make-up rate or observation of leakage or inventory Table Cl: Containment Challenge Indications loss
  • CONTAINMENT CLOSURE not established
  • > 2.9% hydrogen concentration inside containment
  • UNPLANNED rise in containment pressure

Area Max Safe Operating Value RHR Room A 8X10 4 mRlhr RHR Room B S X 10 4 mRlhr RHR HX A Hatch 8 X10 4 mR/hr RHR HX B Hatch 8BxO' mR/hr RCIC Room 8 X104 mRihr 4

MSL Rad Monitor 8 x10 mRlhr SGTS Fltr. Tm. 8 x10' mRlhr 4-7 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS I COLD SHUTDOWNIREFUELING I Plant Modes: U4 Cold Shutdown U5 Refueling LUJ Defueled I CU._*2 UNPLANNED loss of RCS/RPV inventory Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the applicabletime has elapsed,but should declare the event as soon as it is determinedthat the condition will likely exceed the applicable time.

- 1. UNPLANNED RCS level drop as indicated by

0. either of the following:
a. RCS water level drop below the RPV flange for > 15 minutes when the RCS level band is established above the RPV flange.

U) OR 0

-1

b. RCS water level drop below the RPV level band for_> 15 minutes when the RCS level band is established below the RPV flange.

OR

2. RCS level cannot be monitored with a loss of RCS inventory as indicated by an unexplained rise in floor or equipment sump level, Suppression Pool level, vessel make-up rate or observation of leakage or inventory loss.

4-8 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS COLD SHUTDOWN/REFUELING I Plant Modes: R Cold Shutdown [fl Refueling .5 Defueled I 1 CA3 Inability to maintain plant in Cold Shutdown H]AIU UNPLANNED loss of decay heat removal capability with irradiated fuel in the RPV EEJ Emergency Action Levelis): (1 or 2)

1. An UNPLANNED event results in RCS temperature Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

> 200 *F > the specified duration in Table C2. Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the OR applicabletime has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determinedthat the condition will

2. An UNPLANNED event results in RCS pressure rise likely exceed the applicabletime.

> 10 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling. 1. An UNPLANNED event results in RCS temperature exceeding 200 *F.

Table C2 OR RCS Reheat Duration Thresholds RCS Containment Duration 2. Loss of all RCS temperature and RPV level Closure indication for > 15 minutes.

Intact N/A 60 minutes*

0 E Not intact Established 20 minutes' Not Established 0 minutes if an RCS heat removal system is in operation within this time frame and RCS temperature is being reduced, then the EALis not applicable.

0 U)

U) 0

-1 4-9 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 r EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS ICOLD SHUTDOWN/REFUELING GEEALEEREC SITEAE MREC LR I Plant Modes: [, Cold Shutdown F5 Refueling UD Defueled I UNUSULEVE 5 C U54 Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power to Div I and II iAC power capability to Div I and II ESF busses ESF busses for_> 15 minutes reduced to a single power source for > 15 minutes such that any additional single failure would result Emergency Action Level(s): in Station Blackout Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the applicabletime has elapsed,but should declare the event as Emergency Action Level(s):

soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the the applicabletime. applicabletime has elapsed,but should declare the 0 event as soon as it is determined that the condition will

0. likely exceed the applicable time.

9n) 1. Loss of all offsile and all onsite AC power to Div I and II ESF busses for_> 15 minutes.

0 1. a. AC power capability to Div I and II ESF

-j busses reduced to a single power source foDr

> 15 minutes.

AND

b. Any additional single power source failure will result in station blackout.

CU6 []

Loss of required DC power for >15 minutes o* Emergency Action Level(s):

VNote: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the O applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the 0event as soon as it is determined that the condition will alikely exceed the applicabletime.

0

-j

1. < 105 VDC on required vital DC busses for> 15 minutes.

CU7 W Inadvertent criticality

MEmergency a-c Action Level(s):
1. UNPLANNED sustained positive period observed on nuclear instrumentation.

4-10 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS COLD SHUTDOWN/REFUELING Plant Modes: [J Cold Shutdown [fl Refueling [D Defueled CU8 EMID Loss of all onsite or offsite communications capabilities Emergencv Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

1. Loss of all onsite communication methods

'affecting the ability to perform routine o operations (See Table C3).

a O2R

2. Loss of all offsite communication methods E affecting the ability to perform offsite notifications E (See Table C4).

0 Table C3 Table C4 0 Onsite Communications Offsite Communications u) Methods Methods 0

, Plant Radio System

  • All telephone lines
  • Plant Paging (commercial &fiber System optic)
  • Sound Powered
  • Satellite telephone Phones

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS IsrI'S MALFUNCTION Plant Modes: E Power Operations [ Startup [ Hot Shutdown E Cold Shutdown E] Refueling [d Defueled E-HUI1 wDamage to a loaded cask CONFINEMENT BOUNDARY E

I Emergency Action Level(sl:

1. Damage to a loaded cask CONFINEMENT BOUNDARY.

4-12 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER DEGRADATION Plant Modes: E] Power Operations 0 Startup Bl Hot Shutdown FGI 123 FSI ~4JFU1 M-4~A 44I

" Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss or Potential Loss of ANY Two Barriers ANY Loss or ANY Potential Loss of EITHER Fuel Clad ANY Loss or ANY Potential Loss of Primary Loss of Third Barrier OR RCS Containment Emergency Action Level(s):

0

1. Loss or Potential Loss of ANY Two Barriers Emergency Action Level(s): Emergency Action Level(s):

.Emerency Action W L1. ANY Loss or ANY Potential Loss of EITHER Fuel 1. ANY Loss or ANY Potential Loss of Primary 0 1. Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Clad or RCS Containment 0

.J Potential Loss of Third Barrier.

4-12a Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS Fission Product Barrier Matrix Fuel Clad Reactor Coolant System Primary Containment Parameter Loss Potential Loss Parameter Loss Potential Loss Parameter Loss Potential Loss FC Primary C Coolant activity > 300 None RCl Drywall Drywall pressure > 1.39 psig PCI Primary 1. Rapid unexplained 1. Primary Containment Coolant Pressure with indications of a reactor None Containment loss of pressure pressure > 15 psig Activity pCi/gm dose eq. INo. coolant leak in the drywell. Conditions following initial and rising.

FC2 RPV RPV water level cannot be RPV water level cannot pressure rise. OR Water restored and maintained be restored and OR 2. a. DW H2 concentration Level rsore and int maintained above -167 in. RPV water level cannot be >9%

or cannot be determined. RC2 RPV Water restored and maintained None 2. Pressure response OR FC3 Drywell Level above -167 in. or cannot be not consistent with b. Ctmt H2 Radiation Drywall radiation monitor None determined. LOCA conditions, concentration Monitoring reading > 3000 R/hr in HDOL Unsafe Zone.

FC4 ED Any condition in the opinion Any condition in the RC3 RCS 1. a, UNISOLABLE MSL 1. RCS leakage > 50 OR Judgment of the Emergency Director opinion of the Emergency Leak Rate break as gpm inside the drywell.

that indicates a loss of the Director that indicates a indicated by the failure OR 3. RPV pressure and Fuel Clad Barrier. potential loss of the Fuel of both MSIVs in any 2. UNISOLABLE RCS suppression pool Clad Barrier. one line to close leakage outside temperature cannot be AND Primary Containment maintained below the High MSL flow as indicated by any HCTL.

(P601-b1A-E1) Area Temperature or annunciator Area Radiation level Table F1 OR > Alert Value in Table Primary Containment High Steam Tunnel FI. PC2 RPV Water None flooding required by:

Area Temperature Temperature (P601- Level 19A-E3) annunciator

  • SAPs Parameter Alert Limit SAEIGE Limit OR 1850F 250°F Direct report of steam MSL Pipe Tunnel Temp. (P601-19A/18A- (E31- release. PC3 Primary 1. a. Failure of all valves A3/A4) N604A,B,C,D,E,F) OR Containment Inany one line to 165°F 225°F b. Indication of an Isolation close.

RHR-A Equip Area Temp. (P601-20A-B1) (E31-N608AN610A) UNISOLABLE Failure or AND 165°F 225°F Bypass b. DirectTownstream feedwater, RWCU or pathway to the RHR-B Equip Area Temp. (P601-20A-BI) (E31-N608B,N610B) RCIC break. environment exists 1850F 212°F OR after Primary RClC Equip Area Temp. (P601-21A-G3) (E31-N602A/B) 2. Emergency RPV Containment 60-F NA depressurization is Isolation signal.

RWCU Pmp Rm 1 Temp N OR

____________ (P680-1 1A-AI) required.

2. rntentional venting per RWCU Pmp Rm 2 Temp 170-F NA EOPs or SAPs. None

__________ (P680-1 IA-A2) _________ RC4 Drywell Drywell radiation monitor OR Radiation reading > 100 R/hr with 3. GRSOLABLE RCS Monitoring indications of a leak in the leakage outside AreaFuel Clad drywell. Primary Containment as indicated by any Area Radiation Level Area Temperature or Parameter Alert Limit SA-/GE Limit RC5 ED Any condition in the opinion Any condition in the Area Radiation level Judgment of the Emergency Director opinion of the > SAE / GE Value in RHR Room A Rad 10 MR/HR tP844-1A-D4) 8.x0'MR/HR Table Fl.

that indicates a loss of the Emergency Director that RHR Room B Rad 10 MR/HR (PS44-IA-D4) 8.1'RH MR/HR 8x10 RCS Barrier. indicates a potential loss of the RCS Barrier.

RHR HX A Hatch Rad 10 MR/HR (P844-1A-C4) 8 x 104 MR/HR RHR HX 8 Hatch Rad 10 MR/HR 8 x 104 MR/HR (p844-11A-C-4) (Primary Containment Continued on next page)

RCIC Room Rad 10' MR/HR 8 x 104 MR/HR (P844-1A-D4) _

4-13 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS Fission Product Barrier Matrix Primary Containment (Cont.)

PC4 Primary Containment Containment radiation Radiation None monitor reading Monitoring >10,000 R/hr.

PC5 ED Judgment Any condition in the Any condition in the opinion of the opinion of the Emergency Emergency Director that Director that indicates a indicates a loss of the potential loss of the Primary Containment Primary Containment Barrier. Barrier.

4-13a Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PLANT SAFETY Plant Modes: @ Power Operations 0 Startup [] Hot Shutdown EJ Cold Shutdown LJ Refueling [UJDefueled I

I GENRA EMREC I IEAEIMREC LR NSA VN HG_ jK I HS1 1-1!H.iD HAI FM +N JHUI HOSTILE ACTION resulting in loss of physical HOSTILE ACTION within the PROTECTED AREA HOSTILE ACTION within the OWNER CONTROLLED Confirmed SECURITY CONDITION or threat which control of the facility AREA or airborne attack threat indicates a potential degradation in the level of Emergency Action Level(s): safety of the plant Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2) 1. A HOSTILE ACTION is occurring or has occurred within Emerqency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3) the PROTECTED AREA as reported by the GGNS 1. AHOSTILE ACTION is occurring or has occurred within

1. A SECURITY CONDITION that does not involve a security shift supervision. the OWNER CONTROLLED AREA as reported by the
1. AHOSTILE ACTION has occurred such that plant GGNS security shift supervision HOSTILE ACTION as reported by the GGNS U personnel are unable to operate equipment required security shift supervision.

a to maintain safely functions.

02 OR OR OR 2. Avalidated notification from NRC of an airliner attack 2. A credible site specific security threat notification.

2. A HOSTILE ACTION has caused failure of Spent threat within 30 minutes of the site.

Fuel Cooling Systems and IMMINENT fuel damage OR is likely for a freshly off-loaded reactor core in pool.

3. A validated notification from NRC providing information of an aircraft threat.

4 ____________

HG2 1121145D I HS2 HA2 1.121Jj+ HU2 W 4E Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Other Conditions exist which in the judgment of Emergency Director warrant declaration of a Emergency Director warrant declaration of a Emergency Director warrant declaration of an ALERT the Emergency Director warrant declaration of an GENERAL EMERGENCY SITE AREA EMERGENCY UNUSUAL EVENT Emergency Action Level(s):

Emergency Action Levells): Emergency Action Levells): 1. Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency Action Level(s):

1. Other conditions exist which in the judgment of 1. Other conditions exist which inthe judgment of Emergency Director indicate that events are in 1. Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency Director indicate that events are the Emergency Director indicate that events are progress or have occurred which involve an actual the Emergency Director indicate that events 0 in progress or have occurred which involve in progress or have occurred which involve actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of are in progress or have occurred which actual or IMMINENT substantial core or likely major failures of plant functions needed safety of the plant or a security event that involves indicate a potential degradation of the level of U

degradation or melting with potential for loss of for protection of the public or HOSTILE ACTION probable life threatening risk to site personnel or safety of the plant or indicate a security threat 03 containment integrity or HOSTILE ACTION that that results in intentional damage or malicious damage to site equipment because of HOSTILE to facility protection has been initiated. No results in an actual loss of physical control of the acts; (1) toward site personnel or equipment ACTION. Any releases are expected to be limited releases of radioactive material requiring facility. Releases can be reasonably expected that could lead to the likely failure of or; (2) that to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action offsite response or monitoring are expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline prevent effective access to equipment needed Guideline exposure levels. unless further degradation of safety systems exposure levels offsite for more than the for the protection of the public. Any releases are occurs.

immediate site area. not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary.

4-14 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING Plant Modes: [d Power Operations 2 Startup *] Hot Shutdown E Cold Shutdown [] Refueling LNjDefueled PLANT SAFETY HS3 EIIEEýi[- HA3 H2345fI E Control Room evacuation has been Initiated and Control Room evacuation has been initiated 0 plant control cannot be established Emergency Action Level(s):

Emergency Action Level(s): 1. 05-1-02-11-1, Shutdown from the Remote Shutdown

1. a. Control Room evacuation has been initiated. Panel requires Control Room evacuation.

Q* AND

b. Control of the plant cannot be established in accordance with 05-1-02-11-1, Shutdown from the Remote Shutdown Panel, within 15 minutes.

HA4 F 3 HU4 [' I FIRE or EXPLOSION affecting the operability of plant FIRE within the PROTECTED AREA not safety systems required to establish or maintain safe extinguished within 15 minutes of detection or shutdown EXPLOSION within the PROTECTED AREA Emergency Action Level(s): Emergency Action Level(s):

1. FIRE or EXPLOSION resulting in VISIBLE Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the DAMAGE to any of the structures or areas in applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the Table H2 containing safety systems or event as soon as it is determined that the duration has components or Control Room indication of exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time.

Sdegraded performance of those safety systems. 1. FIRE in any Table H-2 structure or area NOT extinguished:

a. Within 15 minutes of Control Room notification.

OR

b. Within 15 minutes of verification of a Control Room FIRE alarm.

4-15 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1

______________________________________EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS I HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING Plant Modes: [d Power Operations L] Startup L-] Hot Shutdown E Cold Shutdown [5 Refueling 121Defueled I PLANT SAFETY I I GENERAL~ EMRGNC SIT AREA EMRGNC ALRINSUL I III HA5

__I1415 Access to a VITAL AREA is prohibited due to toxic, HU5 Release of toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant or I

corrosive, asphyxiant or flammable gases which flammable gases deemed detrimental to NORMAL jeopardize operation of operable equipment required PLANT OPERATIONS to maintain safe operations or safely shutdown the reactor Emeraency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

1. Toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant or flammable Emergency Action Level(s):

gases in amounts that have or could adversely affect NORMAL PLANT OPERATIONS.

Note: If the equipment in the stated area was already OR inoperable, or out of service, before the event occurred, E then this EAL should not be declared as it will have no 2. Report by Local, County/Parish or State E adverse impact on the ability of the plant to safely Officials for evacuation or sheltering of site operate orsafely shutdown beyond that already personnel based on an offsite event.

0 allowed by Technical Specifications at the time of the event.

A)

X-

1. Access to the Control Room while In any operating mode or the Reactor Auxiliary Building while in modes 3, 4, or 5 ONLY is prohibited due to toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant or flammable gases which jeopardize operation of systems required to maintain safe operations or safely shutdown the reactor.

4-16 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING Plant Modes: [] Power Operations Ej Startup Ej] Hot Shutdown ] Cold Shutdown LH Refueling LH Defueled 1P1 ANT CAIFTY GENRA EMRGNYIERAMRGNYLRT___AEVN I I HA6 I yL~..jJ~

Natural or destructive phenomena affecting VITAL Natural or destructive phenomena affecting the AREAS PROTECTED AREA Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3 or 4 Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6) or 5)

1. a. Seismic event > Operating Basis Earthquake 1. Seismic event identified by any 2 of the (OBE) as indicated by: following:
  • Seismic event confirmed by activated Receipt of EITHER of the following seismic switches as indicated by activation indicalions on SH13P856: of the Seismic Monitoring System: Strong
  • Containment Operating Basis Motion Accelerometer System Activation Earthquake (P856-1A-A3) (P856-lA-Al)

IV OR

0 (P856-1A-A5) OR IL 2. Tornado striking within PROTECTED AREA boundary.

OR

0. AND
b. Earthquake confirmed by any of the following: 3. Internal flooding that has the potential to affect M " Earthquake felt in plant safety related equipment required by Technical Z " National Earthquake Center Specifications for the current operating mode in any Table H1 area.

" Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the OR safe shutdown of the plant.

4. Turbine failure resulting in casing penetration OR or damage to turbine or generator seals.
2. Tornado striking resulting in VISIBLE DAMAGE to any of the Table H2 structures or areas containing OR safety systems or components or Control Room 5. Severe weather with indication of sustained indication of degraded performance of those safety high winds k 74 mph within PROTECTED systems. AREA boundary.

OR

3. Internal flooding in any of the Table H1areas resulting in an electrical shock hazard that precludes access to operate or monitor safety equipment or Control Room indication of degraded performance of those safety systems.

2R (continued on next page) 4-17 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING Plant Modes: ij Power Operations [2JStartup H3Hot Shutdown [d Cold Shutdown LH.Refueling L.J Defueled PLANT SAFETY Iil ........EMERGENC SITE AREA, ALER ,EMEtR-ENCY UNSULE I _R (continued from previous page) I I

4. Turbine failure-generated PROJECTILES resulting o in VISIBLE DAMAGE to or penetration of any of the 0 Table H2 structures or areas containing safety 102 systems or components or Control Room indication o of degraded performance of those safety systems.

E o OR

45. Vehicle crash resulting in VISIBLE DAMAGE to any I. of the Table H2 structures or areas containing

> safety systems or components or Control Room

-,indication of degraded performance of those safety 2 systems.

OR O 6. Severe weather with indication of sustained high 0 winds a 74 mph within PROTECTED AREA boundary and resulting in VISIBLE DAMAGE to any

-of the Table H2 structures or areas containing safety systems or components or Control Room Z indication of degraded performance of those safety systems.

Table H1 Table H2 Auxiliary Building Area Parameters Structures Containing Functions or Systems Area Max Safe Operating Value Required for Safe Shutdown 0a$ RHR Room A 93 FT. 6 IN. (P870-2A-El) Unit I Containment M RHR Room B 93 FT. 6 IN. (P870-10A-G1)

RHR Room C 93 FT. 6 IN. (P870-10A-G2) Control Building RCIC Room 93 FT. 6 IN. (P870-2A-Al) Unit 1 Turbine Building LPCS Room 93 FT. 6 IN. (P870-2A-F1) Diesel Generator Rooms HPCS Room 93 FT. 6 IN. (P870-5A-Ht) SSW Pump & Valve Rooms 4-17a Revision 69 11/12

GG PSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Plant Modes: II PowerOperations J21Startup 131Hot Shutdown 4I1 Cold Shutdown L5]Refueling I[ Defueled GEEA ._1I EM R EC

hdq*{]q*[t IN:d:

SG1 LU2 SITE ARE EMREC ALERT- I EEEUSu1 V1NE I

Prolonged loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power to Div I, II AC power capability to Div I & II ESF busses reduced Loss of all offsite AC power to Div I & II ESF to Div 1,11& IIIESF busses & IIIESF busses for> 15 minutes to a single power source for >15 minutes such that any busses for >15 minutes additional single failure would result in station blackout Emergency Action Level(s):

Emergency Action Level(s):

Emergency Action Level(s): Emergency Action Level(s):

1. a. Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power to Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until Div i, II & Ill ESF busses. Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the applicabletime has elapsed,but should declare applicable time has elapsed, but should declarethe 0 AND the event as soon as it is determined that the the event as soon as it is determined that the

(- event as soon as it is determined that the condition has condition has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. condition has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the

b. Either of the following: applicabletime. applicable time.
1. a. AC power capability to Div I & II ESF busses 0
  • Restoration of at least one emergency 1. Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power to Div I, reduced to a single power source for >15 1. Loss of all offsite AC power to Div 1& II ESF bus in < 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is not likely. II & IIIESF busses for> 15 minutes.

minutes. busses for > 15 minutes.

-j OR AND

  • RPV level can not be maintained b. Any additional single power source failure will

> -167 in. result in station blackout.

4-18 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Plant Modes: L1 Power Operations JI*Startup [3 Hot Shutdown [dJ Cold Shutdown Us Refueling H.] Defueled I JSG3 Automatic scram and all manual actions fail to SS3 EýI A3 I ikutomatic scram fails to shutdown the reactor and the [Automatic scram fails to shutdown the reactor and the shutdown the reactor and indication of an extreme manual actions taken from the reactor control console Imanual actions taken from the reactor control console challenge to the ability to cool the core exists are not successful in shutting down the reactor jare successful in shutting down the reactor E

Emerqency Action Level(s):

Emergency Action Level(s): Emergency Action Level(s):

0 1. a. An automatic scram failed to shutdown the t; reactor 1. a. An automatic scram failed to shutdown the 1. a. An automatic scram failed to shutdown the reactor reactor as indicated by reactor power > 4%

AND AND AND

b. All manual actions do not shutdown the reactor as indicated by reactor power > 4% b. Manual actions taken at the reactor control b. Manual actions taken at the reactor control console do not shutdown the reactor as console successfully shutdown the reactor as 0 AND indicated by reactor power > 4%. indicated by reactor power < 4%.
c. Either of the following exist or have occurred 0L due to continued power generation:
  • Core cooling is extremely challenged as indicated by RPV level can not be restored and maintained > -191 in.

OR

  • Heat removal is extremely challenged as indicated by RPV pressure and Suppression Pool temperature cannot be maintained in the EOP Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) Safe Zone.

SS4 Loss of all vital DC power for > 15 minutes 3: Emergency Action Level(s):

0 Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until a the applicabletime has elapsed, but should declare 46 the event as soon as i is determined that the

'A condition has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the 0 applicable time.

-J!

1. < 105 VDC on all vital DC busses for > 15 minutes.

4-19 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION I Plant Modes: Hi Power Operations H2 Startup [l Hot Shutdown L4] Cold Shutdown H5 Refueling H Defueled GENERAL_EMERENC

__ __ __ I_

ss6 SIT ARAEERECIAETI EN

- __IALV 1

ý I I I IESA6 lsuMe 2I Inability to monitor a SIGNIFICANT TRANSIENT in UNPLANNED loss of safety system annunciation or UNPLANNED loss of safety system annunciation progress indication in the Control Room with either (1) a or indication in the Control Room for > 15 minutes SIGNIFICANT TRANSIENT in progress, or Emergency Action Leveltsl: (2) compensatory indicators unavailable Emergency Action Level(s):

Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until 0 the applicabletime has elapsed, but should declare Emergency Action Levelts): the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the Note: The Emergency Directorshould not wait until the the event as soon as it is determinedthat the

.2 condition has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the condition has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicabletime. event as soon as it is determinedthat the condition has applicabletime.

1. a. UNPLANNED loss of > approximately 75% of exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicabletime.

r 1. UNPLANNED loss of > approximately 75% of the following for_> 15 minutes: 1. a. UNPLANNED loss of > approximately 75% of the the following for > 15 minutes:

  • Control Room safety system annunciation. following for > 15 minutes: a. Control Room safety system annunciation.

OR

  • Control Room safety system annunciation. OR 0

-j . Control Room safety system indication. OR b. Control Room safety system indication.

AND . Control Room safety system indication.

b. A SIGNIFICANT TRANSIENT is in progress. AND AND b. Either of the following:
c. Compensatory indications are unavailable. . A SIGNIFICANT TRANSIENT is in progress.

OR

  • Compensatory indications are unavailable.

SU7 -EE!

RCS Leakage Emergencv Action Levelfs): (1 or 2)

1. Unidentified or pressure boundary leakage o= > 10 gpm.

WOR

2. Identified leakage > 35 gpm.

4-20 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Plant Modes: Li Power Operations 2J Startup 3L Hot Shutdown .J Cold Shutdown L5JRefueling LD]Defueled Table S1 Table S2 SUB o *= Onsite Communications Methods Offsite Communications Methods Loss of all onsite or offsite communications u Plant Radio System All telephone lines (commercial &fiber optic) capabilities Plant Paging System Satellite telephone E Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2)

E Sound Powered Phones NRC phones (ENS, HPN, MCL, RSCL, PMCL) 0 1. Loss of all Table S1 onsite communications 0O In-plant Telephones methods affecting the ability to perform "S routine operations.

U) OR 0

  • J2. Loss of all Table S2 offsite communications methods affecting the ability to perform offsite notifications.

Table S3 SU9 Eal Offqas Pre-Treatment Radiation Monitor Fuel clad degradation Offqas Flow Radiation Monitor Limit r_ (cfm) (mr/hr) Emergency Action Level(s): (1 or 2) 0 1400 1.

~0-65 Offgas Pre-Treatment radiation monitor (017R604 or 1D17K612) reading > the Table 700S3 Limit for the actual indicated Offgas flow 66-1 30 o 7indicating fuel clad degradation > T.S.

cm 460 allowable limits.

E 131-200 OR

'a 2. Reactor coolant sample activity value 201-300 310 indicating fuel clad degradation > T.S.

C.) allowable limits 301-400 230 O.RR*>4.0 pCi/gm dose equivalent 1-131.

>0.2

> pCi/gm dose equivalent 1-131 for > 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />.

SUl0 Inadvertent criticality Emergency Action Level(s):

2 1. UNPLANNED sustained positive period observed on nuclear instrumentation 4-21 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Plant Modes: Power Operations

  • i Startup Hot Shutdown l~]Cold Shutdown L1 Refueling L. Defueled sul Inability to reach required operating mode within

'D Technical Specification limits Emergency Action Level(s):

1. Plant is not brought to required operating

)-J mode within Technical Specifications LCO Action Statement Time 4-22 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR TABLE 4-2 Classification of FSAR Design Bases Accidents Design Bases Accident Classification Seizure of one recirculation pump Unusual Event Recirculation punrp shaft break Unusual Event Rod drop accident Alert Instrument line break Unusual Event Steam system pipe break outside containment Site Area Emergency LOCA within reactor coolant pressure boundary Site Area Emergency Feedwater line break outside containment Site Area Emergency Main condenser Off Gas treatment system failure Site Area Emergency Liquid radwaste tank failure Alert Fuel handling accident outside primary containment Site Area Emergency Fuel handling accident inside primary containment Alert Note:

This table is provided for example purposes only. Classification was determined by applying Table 4-1 EAL criteria to each FSAR Design Bases Accident. This table is not procedurally implemented.

4-23 Revision 57 09/06

GG FSAR 5.0 ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL OF EMERGENCIES 5.1 GGNS Organization The Grand Gulf Nuclear Station operating and licensing activities are under the control of the Site Vice President. The Site Vice President reports directly to the Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. The Site Vice President is also assisted by the Director, Regulatory and Performance Improvement and the General Manager, Plant Operations.

5.2 Normal Station Organization The General Manager, Plant Operations is responsible for the overall management of the station.

The operating organization is in conformance with GGNS Technical Specification 5.3.1 and includes personnel encompassing both the management and operating units. An organizational chart showing the functional levels is given in Figure 5-2. The administrative and technical support personnel staffing the GGNS organization are normally onsite daily Monday through Friday, holidays and off Fridays excluded. Plant Operations, Security, Maintenance, Chemistry, and Radiation Protection personnel are on duty 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day.

The Senior Manager, Operations; Senior Manager, Maintenance; Senior Manager, Production; Manager, Radiation Protection; and Manager Chemistry report directly to the General Manager, Plant Operations, who, in turn, reports to the Site Vice President.

Figure 5-3 indicates the emergency positions usually filled by these individuals.

5.2.1 General Manager, Plant Operations The General Manager, Plant Operations is responsible for the technical and administrative management of the day-to-day physical operation and maintenance of the plant as carried out by the Operations, Maintenance, Radiation Protection and Chemistry Departments.

5-1 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 5.2.2 Senior Manager, Operations The Senior Manager, Operations is responsible for the functional, safe and efficient day to day operation of the plant in accordance with established procedures and the Technical Specifications. He reports to the General Manager, Plant Operations and is assisted by the Operations Manager, Shift; Operations Manager, Support; and Manager, Shift Ops.

Training.

5.2.3 Senior Manager, Maintenance The Senior Manager, Maintenance is responsible for the maintenance of all plant components / equipment and plant modifications and construction. He reports to the General Manager, Plant Operations and is assisted by the Superintendents from Mechanical, Electrical, I & C, Support and FIN Teams.

5.2.4 Manager, Radiation Protection The Manager, Radiation Protection is responsible for establishing and implementing the GGNS Radiation Protection program. The Manager, Radiation Protection reports to the General Manager, Plant Operations and is assisted by Radiation Protection Supervisors.

5.2.5 Senior Manager, Production The Senior Manager, Production manages and directs the activities of daily maintenance scheduling, ongoing scheduling evaluations and site integrated schedule activities. He is assisted by the Superintendent, Online Maintenance Scheduling, Supervisor Planning and Outage Manager. The Senior Manager, Production reports to the General Manager, Plant Operations.

5-2 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 5.2.6 Manager, Training The Manager, Training is responsible for the overall administration and documentation of the GGNS Training program. This position reports to the Director, Regulatory and Performance Improvement with a direct line of communication to the Site Vice President, and is assisted by the Training Superintendents.

5.2.7 Shift Technical Advisor The Shift Technical Advisor (STA) provides advanced technical assistance to the operating shift complement during normal and abnormal operating conditions. During his shift, the STA is available to perform the general duties described in GGNS FSAR Section 13.1. The Shift Technical Advisor reports directly to the Shift Manager.

5.2.8 Manager, Materials, Purchasing and Contracts The Manager Materials, Purchasing and Contracts is responsible for the coordination of Material Management, Purchasing and Contracts. Although this is a Corporate function, this position has a direct line of communication with the General Manager, Plant Operations.

The Supervisor, Procurement; and Supervisor, Materials; report directly to the Manager Materials, Purchasing and Contracts.

5.2.9 Director, Regulatory & Performance Improvement The Director, Regulatory & Performance Improvement is responsible for all licensing activities, administering the Corrective Action Program, and overseeing Emergency Preparedness activities. He reports to the Site Vice President and is assisted by the Manager, Regulatory Assurance; Manager, Performance Improvement; and Manager, Emergency Planning.

5-3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 5.3 Normal Station Shift Staffing During off-hour shifts, the plant is manned to maintain continuous operation as required by GGNS Technical Specifications.

5.4 Emergency Organization In the event of an emergency as defined in Section 4.0, the Emergency Organization is activated.

The organization has predefined primary and alternate personnel for the various positions specified to provide for an automatic manning of the Emergency Organization within the time necessary to respond to the emergency.

The Emergency Organization is shown in Figure 5-3. The prerequisites for personnel who fill the emergency positions are listed in EN-TQ- 110-01. The Site Vice President, through GGNS Management, designates personnel for these emergency positions. The extent to which the Emergency Organization is activated depends upon the classification of the emergency (see Section 6.2).

5.4.1 Normal Station Shift The initial Emergency Organization consists of the normal operating shift with the Shift Manager serving as the Emergency Director. When the designated Emergency Organization personnel are available to augment the normal shift complement, the Shift Manager is relieved as EOF Emergency Director and the organizational control of the emergency shifts from the Shift Manager to the EOF Emergency Director. Shift staffing and augmentation capabilities are shown in Table 5-1.

5-4 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 5.4.2 EOF Emergency Director (ED)

The ED is responsible for the direction of the total emergency response. The ED's responsibilities include:

a. Activation/operation of the EOF, assuming responsibility from the Shift Manager;
b. Classification of the emergency (non-delegable);
c. Recommend protective action recommendations (PAR's) to the offsite agencies(non-delegable);
d. Notification of the event to the offsite agencies(non-delegable);
e. Coordinate accident information with offsite governmental agencies;
f. Request assistance from offsite agencies to support recovery operations;
g. Authorize radiation exposure in excess of 10CFR limits for the EOF personnel;
h. Approve press releases (non-delegable);

L. Direct the activities of the EOF organization in support of the Technical Support Center and offsite agencies.

5.4.3 EOF Manager The EOF Manager reports to the ED and oversees the activities in the EOF.

Responsibilities include:

a. Assures timely activation of the EOF;
b. Obtains additional resources as necessary to support EOF activities;
c. Assists the Radiological Assessment Coordinator with EOF Habitability;
d. Assist offsite authorities responding to the EOF;
e. Ensures the offsite notifications are conducted within the regulatory requirements.

5-5 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 5.4.4 Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC)

The Radiological Assessment Coordinator is responsible for conducting assessment activities for offsite radiological conditions. During operation of the EOF, the Radiological Assessment Coordinator reports to the ED. Responsibilities include:

a. Direct the activities of the Dose assessment/radiological field monitoring.
b. Provide input to the ED regarding protective actions.
c. Provide radiological /radiation protection support to the EOF.
d. Keep the ED appraised of offsite radiological conditions.
e. Provide overall liaison and coordination of efforts in the area of field team data with State Radiological Personnel.
f. Contact for NRC on Health Physics Network (HPN) Line (Can be designated to a RP staff member) 5.4.5 Technical Advisor (TA)

The Technical Advisor reports to the ED. Responsibilities include:

a. Maintaining contact with the TSC and Control Room and obtains current plant status and emergency operations.
b. Monitor plant computer system parameters.
c. Recommend actions on classification of emergencies.

5-6 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 5.4.6 Admin. & Logistics Coordinator The Admin. & Logistics Coordinator is responsible for providing support to the EOF Manager and the TSC Emergency Response Organization. Responsibilities include:

a. Manage logistics for supporting the onsite and offsite emergency response such as additional support personnel or equipment, meals, lodging, etc.
b. Manage 24 hr staffing for ERF's 5.4.7 Public Information Liaison The Public Information Liaison reports to the EOF Manager and provides the primary interface between the JIC and EOF. Responsibilities include:
a. Ensuring JIC is provided with current plant status.
b. Reviews press releases and provide to the ED for approval 5.4.8 Offsite Communicator The Offsite Communicator reports to the ED. Responsibilities include:
a. Transmitting information to the offsite agencies as required by regulations.
b. Ensuring ED approves all notification forms to State/Local agencies.

5-7 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 5.4.9 EOF Communicator The EOF Communicator reports to the EOF Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Transmitting and receiving information from onsite ERF's.
b. Reviewing plant data and ensuring the EOF is notified of changing plant conditions.

5.4.10 Lead Offsite Liaison The Lead Offsite Liaison reports to the EOF Manager. Responsibilities include obtaining plant information and ensuring the offsite agencies located in the EOF and the offsite liaisons are briefed on the plant conditions.

5.4.11 Offsite Liaison The Offsite Liaison reports to the Lead Offsite Liaison. Responsibilities include:

a. Obtaining plant information and ensuring the offsite agencies located in the EOC are briefed on the plant conditions.
b. Clarifying plant conditions, responding to questions, etc. for the offsite agencies.

5.4.12 Dose Assessor The Dose Assessor reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

Respofisibilities include:

a. Calculate offsite dose projections.
b. Provide offsite dose projection information to the RAC.

5-8 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.13 Offsite Team Coordinator (OTC)

The Offsite Coordinator reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

Responsibilities include:

a. Maintain communications with offsite monitoring teams (OMT).
b. Direct OMT based on radiological /met information.
c. Log communications with OMT to include dose /air sample survey results,
d. Ensure radiological information is communicated to the RAC for possible modifications to the dose calculations.

5.4.14 Offsite Monitoring Team (OMT)

The Offsite monitoring team reports to the Offsite Team Coordinator (OTC).

Responsibilities include:

a. Perform activities directed by the OTC to support plume tracking and measurements.
b. Monitor self reading dosimeters and report results back to the OTC.

5.4.15 Information Technology (IT) Specialist - EOF The Information Technology (IT) Specialist reports to the Admin. & Logistics Coordinator and is responsible for monitoring facility equipment (computer related and communications) to ensure adequate operation.

5-9 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 5.4.16 EOF Habitability Specialist The EOF Habitability Specialist reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

Responsibilities include:

a. Support the radiological activities of the EOF.
b. Conducting radiological surveys, sampling, and analysis activities in the EOF and advising the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of the results.

5 - 9a Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.17 FFD Administrator The FFD Administrator reports to the EOF Manager and is responsible for administrating fitness for duty test at the EOF.

5.4.18 EOF Log Keeper The EOF Log keeper reports to the ED. Responsibilities include:

a. Maintain facility log
b. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs
c. Support the EOF Manager/ED as requested.

5.4.19 Emergency Plant Manager (EPM)

The EPM has the direct responsibility for accident mitigation at the plant and performs these duties from the Technical Support Center (TSC). The EPM reports to the EOF ED. Responsibilities include:

a. Provide information and recommendations to the ED regarding the declaration of an emergency.
b. Coordinate the activities of the CR, TSC and OSC.
c. Direct personnel assembly, accountability and evacuation of non-essential personnel.
d. Provide information and recommendations to the ED regarding plant activities.
e. Direct the organization and coordination of repair corrective action teams.
f. Initiate protective actions at the site.
g. Authorize radiation exposure in excess of 10CFR20 limits to onsite personnel.
h. Make operational decisions involving the safety of the plant and its personnel and make recommendations to the Control Room Personnel.

5-10 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.20 TSC Manager The TSC Manager reports to the EPM. Responsibilities include:

a. Perform technical assessments and communicating the conclusions to the EPM.
b. Assures staffing/timely activation of the TSC.
c. Set priorities for the Engineering and Technical personnel.
d. In conjunction with the EPM, make operational decisions concerning the safety of the plant.

5.4.21 TSC Communicator The TSC Communicator reports to the TSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Maintain facility log
b. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs
c. Support the EPM/TSC Manager as requested.

5.4.22 Security Coordinator The Security Coordinator is located in the Incident Command Post and reports to the EPM. Responsibilities include:

a. Overall coordination of the offsite assistance for the security related response.
b. Designated NIMS Liaison between the Incident Command Post and Site Organization.

5 -11 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.23 ENS Communicator The ENS Communicator reports to the TSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Establishes and maintains communications with the NRC via the ENS phone.
b. Monitor plant computer parameters and provide plant status to the NRC as requested.

5.4.24 Maintenance Coordinator The Maintenance Coordinator reports to the TSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Communicate the request for repair and corrective teams to the OSC Work Control Coordinator.
b. Prioritizes the requests with the TSC Manager.

5.4.25 Engineering Coordinator The Engineering Coordinator reports to the TSC Manager. He is responsible for coordinating Engineering work requests with the Engineering support team.

5-12 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.26 Radiological Coordinator The Radiological Coordinator reports to the TSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Radiological assessments and the development of radiological plans.
b. Keeping the TSC Manager informed of the radiological conditions.
c. Advise the TSC, OSC and EOF of changes in radiological release status.
d. Coordinate with the Security Coordinator to determine the routes to be used for evacuation of non-essential personnel and BRE's.
e. Arranging for additional radiation protection personnel, as necessary 5.4.27 Operations Coordinator The Operations Coordinator reports to the TSC Manager. Responsibilities include:
a. Coordinate TSC efforts in determining the nature and extent of emergencies pertaining to equipment and plant facilities in support of Control Room actions.
b. Assist the EPM in evaluating changes in event classification.
c. Ensure the Control Room, TSC, and EOF is informed of significant changes in event status.
d. Coordinate operations activities outside of the Control Room with the TSC Manager and OSC Manager.

5.4.28 Engineers (Mechanical/ I&C/ Electrical)

The Engineers report to the Engineering Coordinator. The Engineers are responsible for responding to engineering requests form the Engineering Coordinator.

5-13 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.29 Reactor Engineer The Reactor Engineer reports to the TSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Support the TSC in calculating and tracking core reactivity (core damage assessment).
b. Assist in Severe Accident Procedure implementation.

5.4.30 OSC Manager The OSC Manager has the overall responsibility for the activation and operation of the Operational Support Center. The OSC Manager reports to the EPM located in the TSC. Responsibilities Include:

a. Direct the activation, operation and deactivation of the OSC.
b. Ensures timely dispatching of the repair/corrective action teams, search and rescue teams, onsite monitoring teams and mobilizing other required support personnel.
c. Ensures work task priorities are being maintained.
d. Maintain OSC accountability.

5.4.31 Log Keeper -OSC The Log Keep - OSC reports to the OSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Maintain facility log.
b. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs.
c. Support the OSC Manager as requested.

5-14 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.32 Operations Support The Operations Support position reports to the OSC Manager and is manned by a spare NLO. The Operations Support is responsible for supporting the OSC in locations of plant equipment. This position is filled as needed.

5.4.33 Work Control Coordinator The Work Control Coordinator reports to the OSC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Direct the formation, briefing and debriefing of repair and corrective action teams and offsite monitoring teams.
b. Maintain communications with the Maintenance Coordinator in the TSC.

5.4.34 Mechanical /I & C/ Electrical Coordinator The Mechanical, I&C, and Electrical Coordinators report to the Work Control Coordinator. Responsibilities include:

a. Assist the conduct of the briefing and debriefing for the assigned tasks.
b. Ensures communications with repair and corrective action teams.

5 -15 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.35 Rad Chem Coordinator The Rad Chem Coordinator reports to the Work Control Coordinator. Responsibilities include:

a. Determining emergency radiological survey requirements.
b. Ensure use of protective clothing, respiratory protection, and access control within the plant is deemed appropriate to control personnel exposures.
c. Ensures the dispatching of the onsite monitoring teams.
d. Ensures habitability of the OSC
e. Conduct/provide assistance for the rad briefings to support the dispatching of the repair/corrective action teams and chemistry/ RP sampling.
f. Communicate rad/chemistry sample results to the TSC and CR.

5.4.36 Company Spokesperson The Company Spokesperson is responsible for overall public information.

Responsibilities include:

a. Obtain briefing from the EOF ED to ensure timely development of news releases.
b. Ensures that news media briefings are held regularly during the course of the emergency.
c. Serves as spokesperson at media briefings.

5.4.37 Technical Advisor - JIC The Technical Advisor reports to the Company Spokesperson and is responsible for answering technical questions from the news media regarding the emergency situation.

5 -16 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.4.38 JIC Manager The JIC Manager reports to the Company Spokesperson. Responsibilities include:

a. Overall activation and operation of the Joint Information Center.
b. Notify the Corporate Emergency Center.

5.4.39 Information Coordinator The Information Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager. Responsibilities include coordinating and preparation of press releases. Oversees media monitoring and Inquiry response.

5.4.40 Media Liaison The Media Liaison reports to the JIC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Assures the operation of the Press briefing area.
b. Ensures media is informed of protocol and schedules established for media briefings.

5.4.41 Log Keeper - JIC The Log keeper- JIC reports to the JIC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Maintain facility log.
b. Support the JIC Manager as requested.

5 -17 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 5.4.42 Logistics Coordinator The Logistics Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager. Responsibilities include:

a. Activates facility security and briefing center.
b. Maintains access control to the JIC.
c. Ensures distributions of all press releases to the offsite agencies, JIC/EOF facilities and to the Media Liaison.

5.4.43 Inquiry Response Coordinator The Inquiry Response Coordinator reports to the Information Coordinator.

Responsibilities include:

a. Ensures activation of rumor control activities for response to questions from the general public.
b. Monitor the public/media inquiry calls and track trends.

5.4.44 Press Release Writer The Press Release Writer reports to the Information Coordinator and generates press releases as directed by the JIC Manager.

5.4.45 Media Monitoring Media Monitor reports to the Information Coordinator and monitors TV and radio broadcasts for inaccuracies. All inaccuracies will be reported to the Information Coordinator to ensure they are addressed in the media briefings.

5 -18 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR 5.5 Recovery Organization Recovery after an emergency condition is handled by the Emergency Organizations. The EOF Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager may relieve personnel of their emergency duties and return them to their normal responsibilities, retaining such personnel as necessary to staff a recovery organization.

The recovery organization depends upon the nature of the emergency and the situation which exists after the emergency. Specific organization structure and staffing is the responsibility of the Site Vice President at the time the recovery organization is instituted. Authority and responsibility of individuals who fill key positions in the recovery organization are the same as that held in the respective emergency organizations.

5-19 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 5.6 Local Services Support The potential nature of some emergencies may warrant the utilization of offsite individuals, organizations, and agencies. As a result, local support service arrangements have been made with offsite groups to provide aid in the event of an emergency situation at Grand Gulf. Support services encompass such things as medical assistance, fire control, evacuation, ambulance services, and law enforcement. Since it is imperative that the availability of these support agencies be on short notice, written agreements have been entered into with the organizations.

The agencies, in the Letters of Agreement, have outlined their responsibilities, assuring their response to a call for aid. Copies of the appropriate Letters of Agreement have been included in Appendix D. The local services support groups are described in the following subsections.

5.6.1 Medical Support In certain instances, medical emergencies may require the transport of an injured person from the Station to an offsite medical facility. Transportation of injured persons to the medical facility is normally provided by the regional ambulance service. In the event that these services are unavailable, provisions are in place to transport injured persons in company owned or private vehicles. Ambulances are equipped with radios to maintain communications with the hospital. The primary medical facility for injured personnel, with or without contamination, is the Patient's Choice Medical Center located in Port Gibson approximately six miles from the plant site. This hospital has agreed to accept injured personnel and/or victims of radiation-related accidents for emergency medical and surgical treatment and observation. River Region Medical Center has agreed to serve as a back-up with the same emergency medical capabilities as Patient's Choice Medical Center.

5 -20 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR Hospital emergency kits for treatment of contaminated personnel are maintained at these facilities.

If medical treatment of the injured and/or contaminated personnel requires assistance or medical expertise beyond the capabilities of the local facilities, the patients would be transferred to a support hospital. GGNS has an agreement with The Ochsner Clinic to provide hospital and medical services for injured/ contaminated or overexposed personnel.

5.6.2 Fire Support When it is determined by emergency management personnel that offsite fire support is needed, the Claiborne County Fire Department, located approximately six miles from the plant and available 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day, is alerted.

Notification of a need for offsite fire fighting assistance is made by means of a telephone call.

The Claiborne County Fire Department has an informal aid pact with the Port Gibson Fire Department. These two fire fighting groups have agreed, upon request, to furnish each other with fire fighting personnel, resources, and facilities and to render such fire protection services which may be necessary to suppress any fire or disaster which goes beyond the control of either of the agencies. In all cases where additional fire support groups would be brought in to assist at the Station, the Claiborne County Fire Department Fire Chief directs all offsite fire fighting personnel, while the GGNS Emergency Director retains overall responsibility for onsite emergency response. In instances where offsite fire fighting assistance is needed to fight a fire involving radioactive materials, radiological information and assistance is provided by knowledgeable members of the Emergency Organization.

5 -21 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 5.6.3 Law Enforcement Agencies The nature of a radiological emergency at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station may require that the local law enforcement agencies be activated to assist in the emergency effort. Because it is essential that they be available during certain emergency situations, the Claibome County Sheriffs Department and the Port Gibson Police Department have agreed to provide the following emergency support:

a. Controlling matters of civil disorder within Claibome County (provided by Sheriffs Department) and within the city limits of Port Gibson (provided by Sheriffs Department and Port Gibson Police Department)
b. Communications
c. Furnishing personnel and equipment in accordance with Security Plans.
d. Controlling access to areas affected by the emergency
e. Directing area evacuation.

5.7 Coordination with Governmental Agencies The close coordination between the local, State, and Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plans serves to better ensure the safety and health of the general public. It also enables all emergency organizations to participate in the emergency effort with a minimum of confusion and hesitation. All participating agencies must have a clear picture of their responsibilities during an emergency effort, which is provided for in their respective emergency plans and procedures.

Figure 5-5 depicts the interrelationships among some of the various state and federal organizations which may respond to an emergency at GGNS. The Federal Response Management Organization is shown in Figure 5-6.

5-22 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 5.7.1 Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA) and Mississippi State Department of Health/Division of Radiological Health (DRH)

The Mississippi Emergency Management Agency is the designated State authority and as such, has the responsibility for the general planning and coordination of the State of Mississippi's response to nuclear plant accidents as detailed in the "Mississippi Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan, Volume III, to the Mississippi Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan". Some of the functions of MEMA are (1) development and maintenance of State Plans and Procedures, (2) operation of the State Emergency Operation Center (EOC), (3) notification and warning in coordination with the Mississippi Highway Safety Patrol and the operators of fixed nuclear facilities, (4) communications, (5) assist local governments in the development and maintenance of plans and procedures, (6) public information, (7) training, (8) providing personnel for the Radiological Emergency Response Teams and (9) providing continuity of technical, administrative, and material resources. A letter (see Appendix D) from the Governor of Mississippi which implements the Mississippi Radiological Emergency Plan is a commitment from all state agencies to perform their functions delineated in the State plan as required by Mississippi law.

The Mississippi State Department of Health/Division of Radiological Health is charged with the responsibility to protect the public health and safety of the general populace from the hazards of radiation. With respect to radiological hazards resulting from incidents involving fixed nuclear facilities, the functions of DRH include (1) act as lead agency for technical response, (2) accident assessment, (3) provide personnel and equipment for the Radiological Emergency Response Team, (4) advise State and local officials on implementation of protective actions based on accident assessment, (5) establish radiological exposure controls, (6) access/egress and reentry criteria, (7) Laboratory services, (8) coordinate offsite decontamination activities.

5-23 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 5.7.2 Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEO) and Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)

The Secretary of the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality under Act 97 of 1983 (L.R.S. 30:2001 et. seq.), also known as the Louisiana Environmental Quality Act, and specifically L.R.S. 30:2109, has the authority to develop and implement a statewide radiological emergency preparedness plan and coordinate the development of specific emergency plans for nuclear power facilities, including planned protective action for the population and the establishment of appropriate boundaries for which planning for nuclear emergencies is undertaken; to respond to any emergency which involves possible or actual release of radioactive material; to coordinate offsite decontamination efforts; to issue relocation and evacuation recommendations; and to otherwise protect the public welfare and safety in any manner deemed necessary and appropriate. As a result, the "Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan," which includes Attachment 2 for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, has been developed. Federal, State and local agencies are notified as required to provide assistance in evaluating the radiological hazard and providing implementation of appropriate protective actions in accordance with this plan. The Secretary of the LDEQ or his designee is responsible for notifying the public that a radiological incident has occurred and for providing an evaluation of the incident in terms of public health. If protective actions are indicated, specific guidance can be provided and the information released.

The Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) is responsible for coordinating all emergency actions of the various State and local agencies in the event that evacuation is necessary. Local law enforcement agencies, rescue squads, medical facilities and other parish and municipal agencies provide assistance pursuant to their agreements with local civil defense organizations as delineated in the local civil defense plans. The GOHSEP immediately notifies LDEQ in the event of a radiological emergency.

A letter (see Appendix D) from the Governor of Louisiana to implement the Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan is a commitment from all State agencies to perform their functions as delineated in the State plan as required by Louisiana law.

5 -24 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 5.7.3 Port Gibson/Claibome County Civil Defense The Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Director is the designated County authority and as such, has executive authority and responsibility for.the planning and coordination of the County's emergency response. The Director has delegated responsibilities and tasks to the local support agencies and has established operating procedures to implement the "Port Gibson/Claiborne County - Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan." Upon notification of a major emergency at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, the Civil Defense Director, as a primary duty, provides direction within the County boundaries. This duty includes, if required, the coordination with other agencies to inform the public in affected portions of the County to take protective actions.

The Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Director is responsible for activation of the Claiborne County Emergency Operations Center (EOC).

5.7.4 Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness The President of the Tensas Parish Police Jury as the Chief Executive of Tensas Parish is responsible by law for emergency preparedness operations. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator acts as his Chief of Staff and ensures continuity of resources for sustained emergency operations. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator is responsible for initiating the manning of the Tensas Parish Emergency Operations Center and for coordinating the involved agencies during the course of the radiological emergency as detailed in the "Tensas Parish Radiological Emergency Implementing Plan for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station."

5 -25 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 5.7.5 Nuclear Reaulatory Commission (NRC)

The United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Region IV, dispatches an Initial Response Site Team (IRST) to GGNS upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency or.General Emergency and may dispatch the team upon declaration of an Alert. Members of the team are assigned to the TSC, EOF and ENMC. Primary functions of the IRST are:

a. Oversee licensed activities to ensure a reasonable effort is being made to mitigate the accident.
b. Evaluate protective actions taking place and make an independent evaluation of recommended protective actions.
c. Evaluate direction being given to reactor operators to bring the plant to a stable condition, and
d. Oversee GGNS's ability to provide information to the news media and the public concerning information about the status of the plant and the offsite consequences.

The IRST has the capability to arrive at GGNS in approximately 4 - 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. Once notified, the plant shall maintain an open continuous communication channel with the NRC Operations Center via the NRC Emergency Notification System until terminated by the NRC Operations Center. The NRC Operations Center can be activated within 15 - 30 minutes during normal working hours and within 1 - 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> after normal working hours.

5-26 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 5.7.6 Department of Energy (DOE)

The Department of Energy assists during an emergency by providing monitoring assistance through their Radiological Assistance Plan (RAP) and Interagency Radiological Assistance Plan (IRAP) when requested in support of state and local monitoring operations. In addition, the Emergency Director may also request this assistance. Some of the specialized equipment and services that DOE can provide are: alpha detection equipment, low energy gamma detectors and special aircraft monitoring. The Department of Energy can also assist in the radiation monitoring of food, water, livestock, and agricultural products. When deemed necessary, the DOE makes available special aerial radiological surveys and meteorological services. The estimated arrival time to the GGNS area for the DOE Region II[ Oak Ridge Operations team is 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

5.7.7 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO)

The Institute of Nuclear Power Operations provides emergency response as requested by GGNS. INPO can provide assistance in the following areas:

a. Location of sources of emergency manpower and equipment
b. Analysis of the operational aspects of the event
c. Organization of industry experts who could advise GGNS on technical matters.
d. INPO may be contacted by means of its 24-hour telephone number in the event of a radiological emergency at GGNS.

5.7.8 U.S. Coast Guard.

The U.S. Coast Guard has jurisdiction over the traffic on the Mississippi River. Upon notification by the Mississippi State Emergency Management Agency of an emergency requiring traffic exclusion, the Captain of the Port exercises his authority to control marine traffic through the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area.

5 -27 Revision 68 08/12

GG FSAR 5.8 Contractor Assistance GGNS has made provisions with General Electric (NSSS Supplier), to provide both routine and emergency technical assistance and support in accordance with GE Services Letter GE-SIL-324.

5.9 Support for Federal Response Office and communications facilities are provided for responding NRC personnel within the TSC, EOF, and JIC, and for responding DOE personnel within the EOF. Additional State and County (Parish) resources available to support the Federal response, such as air fields, emergency operations centers, and communications capabilities are described in Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Supporting Emergency Response Plans.

5-28 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TABLE 5-1 SHIFT STAFFING AND AUGMENTATION CAPABILITIES Major Position Title On Capability for Additions Functional Area Emergency Tasks or Expertise Location Shift (e) 90 Min(h)

Plant Operations and Emergency Direction and Control (t Shift Manager (SRO) CR I --

Assessment of Emergency Director CR/EOF -- 1(g)

Operational Aspects Control Room Supervisor (SRO) CR I --

Nuclear Operator A (RO) CR 3(i)

Auxiliary Operator (AO) CR 3 --

Firefighting, firefighting communications Shift Personnel (Operations) CR 5(a) Provided by Claibome County / Port Gibson Technical Support and Core/Thermal Hydraulics(d) Shift Technical Advisor CR I(c) --

Core/Thermal Hydraulics Reactor Engineers/Control Room Coordinator/SRO/STA TSC/CR -- 1(g)

Notification/ Offsite Notifications (State, Local, Federal) and Communicator CR/EOF 2 2(g)

Communication maintain communications, Notification of Plant On-Call emergency personnel adiological Accident EOF Direction and Control Senior Management EOF --

Assessment and Support of Operational Offsite Dose Assessment Radiological Assessment CR/EOF 1(a) l(g)

Accident Assessment Chemistry/Radio-Chemistry Chemist OSC I I Plant System Technical Support Electrical TSC/OSC --

Engineering Mechanical TSC/OSC --

Repair and Corrective Mechanical Maintenance OSC 1(a) 2 Actions Auxiliary Operator assigned to Radwaste OSC 1(a) 1 Electrical Maintenance/!I&C Maintenance OSC 2 --

Electrical Maintenance OSC -- 2 I&C Maintenance OSC --

5 -29 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TABLE 5-1 SHIFT STAFFING AND AUGMENTATION CAPABILITIES Major Position Title On Capability for Additions Functional Area Emergency Tasks or Expertise Location Shift (e) 90 Min(h)

Radiation Protection -Access Control Health Physicist EOF/OSC 2 11 (b)

-HP coverage for repair, corrective actions, search and rescue/first-aid, and firefighting

-Personnel monitoring

-Dosimetry

-Surveys (offsite, onsite, and in-plant surveys on as needed basis only)

Rescue / First aid Rescue and First Aid OSC 2(a) Provided by Claibome County / Port Gibson Security Security, personnel accountability Security Personnel (See Security Plan)

Notes:

(a) May be provided by Shift Personnel assigned other duties.

(b) Must be trained for the Emergency Task being performed.

(c) STA staffing in accordance with GGNS Technical Specification.

(d) Core/Thermal Hydraulics is part of normal STA duties as listed in the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report and Technical Specifications.

(e) These ERO positions may be vacant for not more than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, in order to provide for unexpected absences, provided action is taken to fill the required position.

This allowance is not applicable during declared emergencies.

(M) Overall direction of facility response is assumed from the Shift Manager (SRO) by the Emergency Director. Upon relief, the Shift Manager (SRO) resumes plant operational duties.

(g) These personnel will report and augment shift personnel as soon as possible without delay but no later than 75 minutes.

(h) If personnel are onsite they will report and augment the onshift personnel as soon as possible without delay, but no later than 45 minutes. Offsite personnel will report to their assigned facility as soon as possible without delay, but no later than 90 minutes.

0) The role of the third RO may be fulfilled using an AO as allowed by TRM based upon GGNS on-shift staffing analysis.

5 -30 Revision 69 11/12

GG FSAR FIGURE DELETED FIGURE 5-1 5 -31 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR NORMAL STATION ORGANIZATION s

MANAGER, MATERIALS PURCHASING

& CONTRACTS SUPERVISOR PROCUREMENT SUPERVISOR, MATERIALS MATERIAL, PROJECTS COORDINATOR SUPERVISOR, I-..... line of communication I STORES line of responsibility FIGURE 5-2 5- 32 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR CONTROL ROOM SUPERVISOR RESIDES: CONTROL ROOM RESIDES: CONTROL ROOM CONTROL ROOM OPERATOR RESIDES: CONTROL ROOM FIRE BRIGADE RESIDES: IN PLANT I I I REACTOR ENGINEER MECH. ENGINEER ELECT. I I & C ENG.

RESIDES: TSC RESIDES: TSC RESIDES: TSC FIGURE 5-3 5-33 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION FIGURE 5-4 5-34 Revision 70 11/13

FSAR INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGRANIZATION SUPPORT GGNS ENTERGY OPERATIONS ...........................

GGNS/AGENCY AGENCY SUPPORT FIGURE 5-5 5-35 Revision 61 03/09 I

GG FSAR FEDERAL RESPONSE MANAGEMENT DIAGRAM I

COORDINATES NON-TECHNICA.L ASPECTS OF FEDERAL RESPONSE SOURCE: FEDERAL REGISTER: 45FR84911 FIGURE 5-6 5-36 Revision 61 03/09 I

GG FSAR 6.0 EMERGENCY MEASURES 6.1 Initiating Emeryency Measures Emergency measures must be taken in response to an emergency condition. Upon recognizing and officially declaring that one of the four classes of emergencies exists, the emergency organization is activated. Once activation has taken place, assessments of the condition are made, corrective and protective actions are taken and aid to affected persons is administered as required.

6.1.1 Emergency Suspension of Normal Quality Assurance Procedures and Administrative Controls, License Conditions, and Technical Specifications Should emergency circumstances require, reasonable actions that depart from normal Quality Assurance Procedures, Administrative Controls, License Conditions or Technical Specifications may be taken when this action is immediately needed to protect the public health and safety. These action may only be taken if no action consistent with normal Quality Assurance Procedures, Administrative Controls, License Conditions and Technical Specifications that can provide adequate or equivalent protection is immediately apparent.

At a minimum, approval by a licensed senior reactor operator is required before any such action may be taken.

6.1.2 Suspension of Normal Emergency Actions for Security Emergencies The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager, upon the Emergency Director's evaluating and classifying a security emergency into any of the four emergency classifications discussed in 4.0, should only activate those personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation. This is the only exception to the personnel and facility activations described in the Plan and related implementing procedures; it is permitted because of the potential risk to personnel which a security emergency may present.

6-1 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 6.2 Activation of Emergency Organization The initial step in declaring an emergency is to recognize that an unusual condition exists or has the potential for existing. The Emergency Action Levels, as specified in Section 4.0, provide the criteria for determining when an abnormal situation exists that requires the declaration of an emergency and the subsequent activation of the applicable portions of the Emergency Organization.

6.2.1 Control Room Operators Normally, initial recognition of conditions requiring emergency actions occurs in the Control Room. Sometimes these conditions are signaled by alarms or instrument readings.

If control room operators, or any other shift personnel, recognize an unusual condition or occurrence, it is their responsibility to immediately notify the Shift Manager.

6.2.2 Shift Manager Upon notification of a real or potential emergency condition, the Shift Manager is responsible for determining whether or not the declaration of an emergency is required. If it is, he is then responsible for the activation of the Plan and assuming the role of Emergency Director. If a specific action level has been reached or exceeded, he declares the appropriate emergency classification.

The Shift Manager takes the following actions to ensure the safety of plant personnel and the general public and the safe operation of the plant.

1. Classify the emergency and make the required notifications
2. Perform assessment actions
3. Perform any other emergency actions as appropriate.

6-2 Revision 43 10/00

GG FSAR 6.2.3 Shift Technical Advisor The Shift Technical Advisor advises and assists the Shift Manager on matters pertaining to the safe operation of the plant.

6.2.4 Emergency Director The Plan is activated with the declaration of an emergency. The Shift Manager continues as the Emergency Director until properly relieved by the EOF Emergency Director. The Emergency Director shall ensure that notification is initiated within 15 minutes of an emergency declaration.

Primar[y Secondary

1. (a) Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (b) Mississippi Hwy Patrol
2. (a) Governor's Office of Homeland Security and (b) Louisiana Dept. of Envir. Quality Emergency Preparedness
3. (a) Claiborne County Sheriffs Dept (b) Claiborne County Civil Defense
4. (a) Tensas Parish Sheriffs Dept An example of the form that is used for Emergency Notification is shown in Figure 6-2 and included as part of the Emergency Preparedness Forms Control Process. Copies of this notification form are available in the appropriate emergency centers.

In accordance with 10CFR50.72 the NRC Operations Center shall be notified by telephone immediately after notification of the appropriate state and local agencies and not later than one hour after the declaration of one of the Emergency Classes.

Upon arrival in the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director assumes the position of Emergency Director in accordance with Emergency Plan Procedures.

6-3 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR The Emergency Director evaluates the accident conditions and verifies that the correct emergency classification has been declared. He then activates the appropriate portions of the Emergency Organizations if that has not already been done by the Shift Manager. In any case, the Emergency Plant Manager is notified.

If an Unusual Event has been declared, those members of the operating shift needed to handle the emergency are activated. If the Emergency Director feels there is a reasonable possibility of escalation of the emergency to a higher classification, applicable portions of the Emergency Organization are activated.

If an Alert Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been declared, the entire Emergency Organization is activated.

6.3 Assessment Actions Continuous assessment throughout the course of an emergency is necessary to effectively coordinate and direct the elements of the Emergency Organization. The initial assessment actions are dictated, in part, by the Emergency Action Level that has been reached or exceeded.

6.3.1 Assessment Actions During Unusual Events An Unusual Event condition requires basic emergency assessments. Attention must be paid to parameters that may indicate a possible worsening of conditions, (i.e. radioactive releases).

6-4 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 6.3.2 Assessment Actions During Alerts The existence of an Alert condition requires the following assessment actions as applicable.

a. Increased surveillance of applicable in-plant instrumentation.
b. Visual observation of the affected plant area.
c. Onsite and offsite radiological monitoring if a radioactive release has taken place or is suspected.
d. Determination of offsite doses if applicable.

6.3.3 Assessment Actions During Site Area Emergencies In the event of a Site Area Emergency, assessment activities are more extensive than for an Alert. In addition to the activities that would be carried out during an Alert, the following activities would be performed as appropriate:

a. Monitor Meteorological data.
b. Dispatch radiological monitoring teams to offsite locations downwind of a release in conjunction with state radiological monitoring efforts.
c. Assess Offsite radioiodine thyroid doses.
d. Assess Offsite whole body dose.

6.3.4 Assessment Actions During General Emergencies In the event of a General Emergency, all assessment activities described for a Site Area Emergency will be conducted. Assessment of onsite and offsite exposures are performed regularly to determine if and when site or public sheltering and evacuations may be required; and the results, including methods and assumptions, are communicated to offsite officials.

6-5 Revision 43 10/00

GG FSAR 6.4 Corrective Actions Corrective Actions are performed by plant personnel who are technically trained and capable of implementing the station's Plan and procedures.

6.5 Protective Actions The protective actions to be implemented onsite are the responsibility of GGNS, while the States of Mississippi and Louisiana and the counties within the 10-mile EPZ are responsible for providing offsite protective actions. The states are specifically responsible for protective actions for the 50-mile ingestion pathway EPZ. A range of protective actions to protect onsite personnel during hostile action is provided to ensure the continued ability to safely shut down the reactor and perform the functions of the emergency plan 6.5.1 Protective Cover, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability

a. Grand Gulf Nuclear Station
1. When an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency is declared, all personnel in the protected area are advised of the emergency classification by use of the public address system. If a site evacuation is ordered, the evacuation siren is sounded over the public address system in the protected area followed by an evacuation announcement and any special instructions. Non-essential personnel will evacuate immediately upon being notified.
2. Emergency personnel not assigned to the Control Room, Technical Support Center, Central Alarm Station, and Secondary Alarm Station, report to the Operations Support Center for accountability. Non-emergency personnel are accounted for as they exit the protected area through Security Island. GGNS Security is responsible for performing an accountability survey of personnel in the protected area. It is anticipated that accountability and identification of missing persons can 6-6 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR be accomplished in approximately 30 minutes. This information is reported to the Emergency Plant Manager.

3. GGNS employees, contract personnel and visitors outside of the Protected Area, but within the Emergency Preparedness Owner Controlled Area are notified promptly of a site evacuation and given instructions by public address systems, telephone or security personnel equipped with portable PA systems. Non-essential personnel will evacuate immediately upon being notified. GGNS Security checks to ensure that all persons located in the Emergency Preparedness Owner Controlled Area were notified and evacuated as directed, and report the results to the Emergency Plant Manager. Security will complete the checks as soon as possible but not to exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> under most conditions.
4. Persons outside the Emergency Preparedness Owner Controlled Area, but in public access areas or passing through the site are notified of an emergency classification by the Alert Notification System activated by local authorities.
5. All site personnel are trained on site evacuation routes, escorted by someone who has been trained or receive a map which gives instructions and routes off of the site. Site evacuation instructions and routes are specified in the evacuation announcement. Non-essential personnel are expected to evacuate GGNS property in the same vehicles which were used for initial access.
6. Emergency situations, as discussed in this section, include natural events as well as radiological incidents. The procedures to be followed in these evacuations are included in the Emergency Plan Procedures. Provisions are made for consideration of weather conditions, traffic or radiological impediments to evacuation.

6-7 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR

b. Offsite Areas The administration of protective actions for persons residing offsite is the responsibility of the States of Mississippi and Louisiana. Mississippi's responsibility is outlined in the "Mississippi Emergency Operations Plan" and Louisiana's responsibility is outlined in the "Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan." These plans are implemented in addition to the county or parish emergency plans. The county and parish within the 10-mile EPZ surrounding the Station are responsible for developing and submitting emergency plans which are coordinated with those of the States and Station. GGNS provides protective action recommendations to the state/local civil defense agencies. The minimum standard PAR for a General Emergency is to evacuate the 2 mile radius and 5 miles downwind, shelter the remainder of the 10 mile EPZ, and consideration of prophylactic use of potassium iodide in accordance with State Plans. (Source:

NUREG / BR-0150, "Severe Core Damage on Loss of Control of Facility Public Protective Actions" Volume 1 Rev. 2 page 1-4.) Evacuation will be recommended for 5 - 10 miles in the down wind sectors, if dose projections or actual field measurements correspond to radiation levels to the public that exceed the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAG's). Sheltering may be recommended instead of evacuation when appropriate. Recommendations are based upon emergency classification and projected dose to the public, and are consistent with EPA PAGs and FDA guidance. The Protective Actions Guides are summarized in Table 6-1. The methodology normally used for determining appropriate protective action recommendations is described in the Emergency Plan Procedures. Warning and/or advising the population-at-risk of an impending emergency is the responsibility of the counties or parishes affected. These counties or parishes are also responsible for the preparation and dissemination of informational material concerning protective actions for the general public.

Written messages for emergency dissemination to the public have been prepared by the State of Mississippi with supporting information provided by GGNS.

These prepared messages are documented in the Mississippi Emergency Operations Plan, Volume I.,Part 3, Radiological Emergency Response Plan 6-8 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR Appendix 1 to Annex G - Public Information. Figure 2-5 shows the evacuation centers within the 50-mile EPZ.

6.6 Contamination Control Measures A monitoring and decontamination station is established at the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) when directed by the Emergency Director. Emergency Organization personnel perform monitoring and decontamination in accordance with plant procedures.

When a site evacuation is ordered, non-essential personnel will be routed, as necessary, to evacuation/decontamination centers established by the state/local governments.

Onsite contamination control measures are implemented in Plant Administrative Procedures and other lower level procedures. Plant procedures are designed to meet the requirements of IOCFR20, Appendix B.

Contamination control for offsite areas is provided for by the States of Mississippi and Louisiana. Guidelines are provided through the emergency response plans of those two states.

6.7 Aid to Affected Personnel This section of the plan describes measures which are used to provide necessary assistance if individuals are injured and/or radiologically exposed or contaminated.

6.7.1 Emergencv Personnel Exposure Although an emergency situation transcends the normal requirements for limiting exposure, there are suggested levels of exposure acceptable in emergencies.

Three categories of risk versus benefit must be considered:

a. Saving of human life and reduction of injury
b. Protection of health and safety of the public and
c. Protection of property 6-9 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR In certain emergency situations, the acceptance of above normal radiation exposure may be warranted.

The following are exposure guidelines for individuals inclusive of support personnel and Entergy employees:

a. Support personnel are restricted to GGNS administrative limits and are equipped with appropriate dosimetry. In situations where it appears that the administrative limits may be exceeded, the individuals are relieved of duties involving additional radiation exposure.
b. Guidance for Emergency worker exposure is given in the following table, which represents those extensions of GGNS administrative exposure limits for which authorization, by the Emergency Director or Emergency Plant Manager, is required prior to the exposure being received:

Guidance on Dose Limits for Workers Performing Emergency Services DOSE LIMITS ACTIVITY CONDITIONS (TEDE)

> 5 up to 10 Rem Protecting Valuable Property Lower dose not practicable

> 10 up to 25 Rem Life saving or Protection of large Lower dose not practicable populations

> 25 Rem Life saving or Protection of large Only on a voluntary basis to populations persons fully aware of the risks involved Source: EPA 400-R-92-001 "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents" Table 2-2 6-10 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR Provisions have been made for 24-hour-per-day capability to determine the doses received by emergency personnel. Specific emergency procedures have been written for the issuance of permanent record dosimetry devices (or systems) and self reading dosimeters to emergency personnel. These procedures also provide instructions on how often to read dosimeters and keeping appropriate dose records.

The Emergency Director or Emergency Plant Manager may also authorize the use of radioprotective drugs for thyroid protection. Emergency personnel would take a pre-measured dose of the drug (such as KI tablets). These drugs are made available in the Control Room, Operations Support Center, Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and the RCA entrance.

6.7.2 Decontamination and First Aid Onsite personnel decontamination stations for emergency conditions are fully equipped with decontamination material and portable first aid kits. The primary decontamination center is located on the 133 foot level of the Unit II Turbine Building in the Radiation Protection Access Control Area. Alternate facilities are the showers in the Maintenance Shop (adjacent to the Administration Building) or EOF. The decontamination centers have provisions for disrobing, collecting contaminated clothing, showering of contaminated personnel, and clean clothing.

All personnel exiting from the controlled access area at Grand Gulf are monitored for contamination. The instruments used for this monitoring procedure are portal monitors and portable contamination survey instruments.

In situations when the portal monitors and/or the portable contamination survey instruments detect contamination, preventive measures must be initiated to mitigate the possibility of the spread of contamination.

6-11 Revision 65 04/11

GG FSAR The most effective measure for the decontamination of the hands and other parts of the body is thorough washing of the affected areas. A member of the Health Physics Section is to supervise any decontamination effort.

First Aid Courses are conducted for selected members of the Emergency Organization.

Personnel trained in first aid/CPR are available on each shift to administer first aid as required.

6.7.3 Medical Transportation Transportation of injured persons from GGNS to the medical facility is normally provided by regional ambulance service in accordance with Letter(s) of Agreement (See Appendix D).

In the event that these services are unavailable, provisions are in place to transport injured persons in company owned or private vehicles. Ambulance service can be requested by the local hospitals or GGNS. The ambulance maintains radio communications with the hospital while in transit. GGNS uses telephone communication to contact the hospital, thereby maintaining indirect communications with the ambulance.

6.7.4 Medical Treatment In the event of a serious accident at Grand Gulf requiring medical treatment, Patient's Choice Medical Center has agreed to provide the required assistance. The hospital is equipped to handle contaminated injuries as well as injuries not related to contamination or over exposure. The River Region Medical Center and the Patient's Choice Medical Center have emergency plans for the decontamination and treatment of the radioactively contaminated patient. Appendix B includes a list of typical equipment located at the hospitals.

6 -12 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR River Region Medical Center and The Ochsner Clinic provide backup medical services if the Patient's Choice Medical Center is unable to provide the required services. Letters of Agreement (Appendix D) have been obtained to document these arrangements.

6- 13 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR TABLE 6-1

  • Protective Actions Guides for the Early Phase of a Nuclear Incident Projected Dose Protective Action Recommendation or Classification
  • TEDE 1,000 to 5,000 mRem
  • Evacuation.

" CDE (Thyroid) 5,000 to 25,000 mRem 0 Sheltering may be considered if benefit outweighs 'cost' of evacuation

  • SDE (Skin Dose) 50,000 to 250,000 mRem 0 Sheltering up to 10,000 mRem may be justified for special populations General Emergency Classification 0 Consider prophylactic use of potassium iodide in accordance with State Plans.

Note 1 - Dose that can be avoided if the protective action is implemented.

Source: 1) EPA 400-R-92-001 "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents" Table 2-4

2) Food and Drug Administration Guidance, December 2001, "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies" 6 -14 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR FIGURE DELETED FIGURE 6-1 6 - 15 Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM

1. THIS IS GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER__
2. A. TIME DATE B, COMMUNICATOR: C TELNO. 0-,43T-
3. EMERGENCY CLASS!FICATION:

A. U NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. Z SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. 3 TERMINATED B. U ALERT D. 3 GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION 3 DECLARATION TIME: DATE:

U TERMINATION TIME: DATE:_

5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. L)No Protective Actions. Recommended At This Time (Go to item 6).

B. Consider prophylactic use of Potassium Iodide in ccordance with State Plans.

AND O EVACUATE ALLsectors to 2 mites. EVACUATE sectors __ to 5 miles.

SHELTER the remainder of the 10 maileEPZ with the exception of areas previously recommended for evacuation.

OR o EVACUATE ALLsectors to 2 miles. EVACUATE sectors to 10 miles.

SHELTER the remainder of the 10 mile EPZ with the exception of areas previously recommended for evacuation.

OR 0 Shelter 6.a EAL._

6.b INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATE&COMMENTS

7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN? , NO 3 YES TIME: DATE:
8. METEROLOGICAL DATA: U NOT AVAILABLE ATTHIS IME (Go to item 9)

A. WIND DIRECTION FROM _Degrees at MPH B. SECTORS AFFECTED (A-R) C. STABILITYCLASS (A-G).

D. PRECIP[TATION: 0 None ORain 0 Sleet 0 Snow 0 Hail 0 Othl _

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. [ NO RELEASE (Go to item 13)

B& 1 A RELEASE is occurring BELow federally approved operating limits. (Go to item9E)

C. C A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits. (Go to item 9E)

D. 0 A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED (Go D#etm Go to item 9E)

E. Release stared at __ (time) Release stopped at __ (time) Release Duration __ .hrs (Actual or Expected)

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A.0 Radioactive Gases B.O Radioactive Airtome Particulates C. 3 Radioactve Uquids (Go to item 13)

11. RELEASE RATE: A.NOBLE GASES Cils B. IODINES _Cits
12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITIE DOSE:

A.Projections for hours based on: 0 Field Data ZI Plant Data B. TEDE - WS DOSE COMMITMENToReSo) C. CDE - THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)

Site Boundary __ 5 miles Site Boundary __- Smiles 2 mites 10 miles_ 2 miles 10mites

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Return to cornmunkator inshuctios tineJ IIsecoimst3.4.it) I .P.9.0.11,12)

Kerliosun(37 EOFM mrag r I _ I RA C EPP 06-01 I ,i Rev. Example FIGURE 6-2 Revision64 11/10 6-16

GG FSAR 7.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 7.1 Facilities and Equipment and Equipment and Equipment Emergency planning requires the preinstallation of both facilities and equipment that allows the emergency organization to perform the following actions:

a. Assess the extent of the emergency
b. Perform the proper corrective actions to mitigate the effects of the emergency
c. Perform actions to protect onsite and offsite personnel
d. Provide information to offsite support agencies
e. Perform the proper recovery actions Emergency facilities have been established by GGNS and offsite support agencies. Figure 7-1 identifies these facilities and their locations.

7.2 Control Room The Control Room contains those controls, instruments and communications equipment necessary for operation of the plant under both normal and emergency conditions. The ventilation system, shielding, and structural integrity are designed and built to permit continuous occupancy during postulated accidents. During emergencies, the Control Room will provide for the classification, accident assessment, notification, and dose assessment functions if these functions are unavailable at the EOF or when being relocated to the Backup EOF.

7.3 Emergency Response Facilities 7.3.1 Technical Support Center (TSC)

The Technical Support Center (Figure 7-2) provides an area outside the Control Room that can accommodate management, engineering personnel and the NRC acting in support of the command and control function during emergency conditions and the emergency recovery operations. The TSC personnel primarily assist in accident assessment, provide 7-1 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR advice to the control room and communicate with Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) personnel regarding plant conditions and actions. Communications are also provided with the Control Room and OSC.

The TSC area contains approximately 2,250 square feet. The TSC area is large enough to accommodate 25 people, including five NRC personnel, as well as furnishings, data displays, plant reference material, and communications equipment. The TSC is located directly above and overlooking the Control Room on the mezzanine level (EL 177') of the control building. The control building which houses the TSC is designed Safety Class

3. The control building structure is seismic Category I, and is designed to withstand tornadoes and extreme wind phenomena. The TSC is habitable to the same degree as the Control Room for all postulated accident conditions and is served by the Control Room ventilation system. The Backup TSC is located in the Maintenance & Engineering Building.

Emergency lighting is powered by the ESF AC buses, with backup emergency lighting provided by battery pack lighting units.

The TSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency. Once activated the TSC shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay) after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When facility staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise offsite personnel shall provide shift augmentation in 75 minutes and be fully operational in 90 minutes.

A set of drawings and other records are accessible to the TSC personnel under emergency conditions. The documents include but are not limited to: Plant Technical Specifications, Plant Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, and hard copies(stick file) 7-2 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR of P&ID's, architectural, electrical one lines, electrical schematics, logic diagrams, and loop diagrams. Radiation Control and Chemistry procedures to be used during an emergency situation are also available.

A Plant Display System (PDS) and a Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) are provided to supply data which enable TSC personnel to evaluate the status of the plant and radiological and meteorological conditions. Status boards are used to display data needed in the TSC to analyze plant conditions.

A computer based system designed to provide atmospheric dispersion and radiological dose assessments of radioactive materials released from GGNS during emergency conditions is available.

7.3.2 Operations Support Center (OSC)

The OSC (Figure 7-3) provides an area for operations, maintenance, health physics, and chemistry personnel to assemble and be assigned to duties in support of emergency operations.

The location of the OSC is the Maintenance Shop of the GGNS Administration Building. In addition, an in-plant staging area is located at the Radiation Protection Access Control Area of the Unit II Turbine Building to which certain individuals are assigned in the event of an emergency. Other shift personnel and additional support personnel assemble at the OSC to provide assistance as necessary. A radio control console located in the maintenance area provides communications with the Control Room, TSC and EOF.

The OSC is required to be activated at the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency. Once activated, the OSC shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay) after declaration of any of these emergency classifications.

When facility staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. The backup OSC is located in the Control Building(Elevation 148').

7-3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 7.3.3 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)

The EOF (Figures 7-4 and 7-5) provides a location from which evaluation and coordination of all licensee activities related to an emergency is carried out. The facility provides classification, accident assessment, notification, dose assessment, information to offsite groups, assesses the impact of the emergency offsite and provides the necessary support to assist the Emergency Organization.

The location for the EOF is in the Energy Services Center approximately 0.6 miles from the GGNS site. Figure 7-6 indicates the location of the EOF in relation to the plant. The EOF has a protection factor of 50 and its own ventilation system. The EOF contains the key technical personnel of the Emergency Organization. Space and communications are provided for federal, State, and local representatives at the EOF. The EOF provides a base of operation for Offsite Monitoring Teams and is the central point for the receipt of field monitoring data.

The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay) after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When facility staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise offsite personnel shall provide shift augmentation in 75 minutes and be fully operational in 90 minutes.

7.3.4 Backup Emergency Operations Facility (BEOF)

The BEOF (Figure 7-7) is located at the Entergy Mississippi Baxter Wilson Steam Electric Station in Vicksburg, MS. In the unlikely event that the EOF had to be evacuated, the key EOF 7-4 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR personnel evacuate the area and relocate to the BEOF in accordance with Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-33.

The Control Room is notified of the situation and certain emergency response functions are transferred to the Control Room upon deactivation of the EOF. Once activated, the BEOF establishes communications with the Control Room.

7.3.5 Media Centers GGNS utilizes the Joint Information Center (JIC) in Jackson, Mississippi as an information center during an emergency. The Joint Information Center (Figure 7-9) is the principle location for disseminating information about the emergency, arranges for timely exchange of information among designated GGNS, state, local, and federal spokespersons, media monitoring activities, responding to public and media inquires during emergencies, and performing rumor control function. Press conferences are held periodically, and equipment and facilities are available to support timely communication and information dissemination concerning plant conditions.

The Joint Information Center is activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency.

7.3.6 Alternate Facilities In the event that primary and back-up facilities are unavailable at GGNS there is an alternate facility available for the ERO

a. The Muster/Staging area is located at the Baxter Wilson Steam Electric Station (BWSES) in Vicksburg, Mississippi approximately 17 miles from Grand Gulf. This facility, which is co-located with the Back-Up EOF, is intended to host GGNS personnel, ERO, Security, RP etc., while preparing for reentry to the plant.
b. The Alternate TSC is located next to the Staging/Muster area at BWSES in the Vicksburg Area Engineering Office. This office building has phones, a copier, a FAX and various computers, plotters and printers available.

7-5 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 7.4 County and State Emergency Centers 7.4.1 Claiborne County Emergency Operations Center The Claiborne County Emergency Operations Center is located in the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Office in Port Gibson. The center is equipped with communications to the Control Room, TSC, EOF, the State Emergency Operations Center in Jackson and State supporting agencies. Functionally, the center coordinates all local emergency operations.

7.4.2 Mississippi State Emergency Operations Center The State Emergency Operations Center (EOC) is located in the Mississippi Emergency Management Agency Building in Jackson, approximately 75 miles from the site. The center has supplies and equipment to support state emergency operations activities, including communication links with other emergency operations centers. During an emergency, representatives from appropriate state agencies and GGNS assemble in the State EOC to coordinate response efforts.

7-6 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 7.4.3 Tensas Parish Emergency Operations Center The Tensas Parish Emergency Operations Center is located adjacent to the Tensas Parish Sheriffs Office.

The center is equipped with communications to the Technical Support Center, Control Room, Emergency Operations Facility, Mississippi State Emergency Operations Center, the Louisiana State Emergency Operations Center (in Baton Rouge) and with Louisiana state supporting agencies. Functionally, the Tensas Parish EOC acts in parallel to the Claibome County, Mississippi EOC and coordinate local emergency operations.

7.4.4 Louisiana State Emergency Operations Center The LDEQ and GOHSEP representatives report to the Louisiana Emergency Operations Center in Baton Rouge, approximately 125 miles from the site, in the event of a nuclear emergency which requires activation of State resources. The center has equipment and supplies to support state emergency operations activities including communications links with other emergency centers.

7.5 Communications Systems The communications systems are designed to ensure the reliable, timely flow of information and action directives between all parties having jurisdiction and a role to play in the mitigation of emergencies at GGNS. Reliability is provided via (1) extensive redundancy, (2) dedicated communication equipment to preclude delays due to system overload, and (3) routine use and testing of many of the systems, which lowers the probability of undetected system failures.

Timeliness of information flow is achieved by (1) prompt notification, (2) predefimed lines of communications, (3) predefined emergency action levels and (4) predefmed levels of 7-7 Revision 58 12/06

GG FSAR authority and responsibility. The GGNS communications network is formulated around this basic concept and is designed to channel information directly to the key parties having closely related functions, thus eliminating errors often associated with second hand information. By providing well defined and dedicated communications links, better accident management from physically separate control and support centers can be achieved. Provisions are made for State representatives to call and verify the authenticity of the accident and obtain additional information. The essential communications links are manned continuously and are periodically tested to assure availability. Figure 7-12 shows the communications interfaces between the onsite and offsite emergency facilities.

7.5.1 Telephone System GGNS maintains telephone communication with the entire Entergy Corporation system via a Company-owned fiber-optic transmission system. Access to this mode of transmission is made via the plant telephone system. The GGNS plant telephone system also provides communications among the CR, TSC, OSC, EOF, JIC and public.

7.5.2 Plant Paging System & Sound Powered Phones The plant paging system links together permanent plant structures, including the TSC and OSC, through a network of phone stations and speakers. Sound powered phones are provided in the TSC and OSC to enable direct communication with the Control Room and all areas of the plant containing sound powered outlet boxes. Amplified headsets are provided in high noise areas to ensure adequate communications capability with the Control Room.

7-8 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 7.5.3 Emergency Communications Equipment

a. Dedicated Telephone Lines The following dedicated telephone system links are established to provide a I continuous (24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />) means of communication during an emergency situation.
1. GGNS Qperational Hot Line to connect the facilities listed in Table 7-
1. The GGNS Operational Hot Line is used for initial notification and ongoing communications to the locations listed in Table 7-1 for the duration of the emergency. Utilization of this line by GGNS activates the emergency response network by notifying each location simultaneously.
2. NRC Emergecy Telecommunications System - Consists of the following dedicated Federal Telephone System circuits to provide direct communication with the NRC Operations Center, Bethesda, MD:
a. Emergency Notification System (ENS) - is used to provide initial notification to, and ongoing communication with, NRC personnel in an emergency. The ENS is available in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
b. Health Physics Network (HPN) - is used to provide requested radiological data to the NRC in an emergency. The HPN is available in the TSC and EOF.
c. Reactor Safety Counterpart Link (RSCL) - is used by the NRC Site team and NRC Base Team to conduct internal NRC discussions on plant parameters without interfering with exchange of information between GGNS and NRC. This link may be used for discussions with the NRC Reactor Safety 7-9 Revision 29 9/95

GG FSAR personnel and GGNS plant Management. The RSCL is available in the TSC and EOF.

d. Protective Measures Counterpart Link (PMCL) - is used by the NRC Site team and NRC Base Team to conduct internal NRC discussions on radiological releases and meteorological conditions, and the need for protective actions without interfering with the exchange of information between GGNS and NRC.

This link may also be used for discussions with NRC Protective Measures personnel and GGNS plant management. The PMCL is available in the TSC and EOF.

e. Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) - is used to transmit raw reactor parametric data from GGNS balance of plant computer to the NRC Operations Center. The ERDS is activated by GGNS at an Alert or higher declaration. The ERDS is available in the GGNS Control Room.
f. Management Counterpart Link (MCL) - is used for any internal discussion between NRC Executive Team Director and NRC Director of Site Operations or GGNS site management. The MCL is available in the TSC and EOF.
g. Operational Counterpart Link (OCL) or Local Area Network (LAN) Access - is used by the NRC Base Team and NRC Site Team to access products and services provided on the NRC Operations Center's local area network. The OCL is available in the TSC and EOF.
3. The GGNS Computerized Emergency Notification System is used to notify GGNS emergency response personnel upon declaration of an emergency.

7- 10 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR

a. The GGNS Computer Notification System is a hosted system that is a robust notification system that allows the ERO to be notified via a number of modalities (i.e. telephone, pager, SMS text, email, etc.) This system utilizes two data centers for all its productions systems in an Active-Active configuration. Data is continuously replicated between the two separate sites, and each site is capable of providing a full range of services. If service is disrupted at either site, all traffic is dynamically rerouted to the other site so that systems remain constantly available.
b. The GGNS Computer Notification System is activated using any intemet connected computer or touch tone telephone. Use of a password guards against unintended activation. The password is readily available to the control room operating staff.
c. The GGNS Computer Notification System can be activated for any emergency classification. On call or alternate emergency response personnel will be notified to fill required response positions.
b. UHF Radios
1. Radios to connect the following facilities:
a. Control Room/TSC/EOF/CAS/SAS
b. Tensas Parish Sheriff Department
c. Claiborne County Sheriff Department The above mentioned UHF radio system serves as an alternate means of communications to notify local authorities of an emergency at GGNS.
2. UHF radios connect the Onsite and Offsite Monitoring Teams with the OSC and EOF respectively.
3. UFH radios are issued to OSC Emergency Response Team to connect them to the OSC.
c. Alarms A number of warning devices are used onsite to indicate unsafe or emergency conditions.

7-11 Revision 66 08/11

GG FSAR

1. Local Inplant Radiation Alarms.
2. Fire Alarm.
3. Site Evacuation Alarm.

7.5.4 Alert Notification System An Alert Notification System has been provided that meets the design objectives of NUREG-0654, Appendix 3. The basic system consists of 43 sirens located in Claiborne County and Tensas Parish. Institutions located in the 10-mile EPZ are supplied with tone activated receivers which supplement the siren system. Port Gibson/Claibome County Civil Defense and Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness are responsible for activating the portion of the system within their respective jurisdictions. Additional alert notification details are addressed in local and state emergency plans, the GGNS Emergency Public Information publication, and the Alert Notification System Final Report. Figure 7-13 indicates the siren locations for the 10-mile EPZ.

As discussed in Section 8.7, an effort is made to provide information to the transient population concerning protective measures. The means of notifying the transient population is the Alert Notification System.

7.6 Assessment Facilities 7.6.1 Onsite Systems and Equipment

a. Control Room Parameters Appropriate parameters indicative of the status of the reactor and various plant systems are displayed in the control room.

7 -12 Revision 51 02/04

GG FSAR The safety related control room display instrumentation that can be used to assess the condition of the plant is discussed in GGNS FSAR Section 7.5.

b. Area Radiation Monitoring System The area radiation monitoring system detects and measures gamma radiation levels at various locations. It also provides audible and visual alarms in areas monitored and in the control room, if gamma radiation exceeds a specified limit.

It provides visual indication in the area monitored and at a control room annunciator if there is a malfunction in any area monitor.

The containment area radiation monitors also provide information that can be used to determine the source term of a fission product release in the containment. An Emergency Plan Procedure contains guidance for the conversion of containment area radiation monitor readings in mR"hr or R/hr to offsite exposure.

Each area radiation monitoring channel consists of a detector and a local alarm unit at a remote location and an indicator and trip unit in the control room. A control room channel is provided with a detector in the control room. The area radiation monitor provided in the control room has no local alarm unit since the control room annunciator system provides alarms to the operators.

The following general areas are monitored by the Area Radiation Monitoring System:

1. Control Room
2. Radwaste building
3. Auxiliary building
4. Fuel storage and handling area 7- 13 Revision 46 8/01

GG FSAR

5. Various valve operating stations
6. Containment
7. Drywell
8. Various Sampling rooms
9. Turbine building
10. Radwaste Solidification Areas
c. Process and Effluent Radiation Monitoring Systems.

The main objective of required radiation monitoring systems is to initiate appropriate protective action to limit the potential release of radioactive materials from the primary and secondary containment if predetermined radiation levels are exceeded in major process/effluent streams. An additional objective is to have radiation monitoring systems available during all operating and emergency conditions to provide control room personnel with an indication of the radiation levels in the major process/effluent streams and alarm annunciation if high radiation levels are detected.

Certain effluent radiation monitoring systems also provide information that can be used to determine the source term of an unplanned radioactive release. They are used to correlate the activity levels in an effluent stream along with system flow rates to determine release rates in Ci/sec. Using the determined release rates and the appropriate meteorological stability class, radiation dose projections can be estimated for various distances from the site.

Emergency Plan Procedures include guidance for the determination of release rates and dose projections when the effluent monitors are off scale or inoperable.

7- 14 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR The radiation monitoring systems (RMS) provided to meet these objectives are:

1. Main Steam Line RMS
2. Containment and Drywell Ventilation Exhaust RMS
3. Auxiliary Building Fuel Handling Area Ventilation Exhaust RMS
4. Auxiliary Building Fuel Handling Area Pool Sweep Exhaust RMS
5. Turbine Building Ventilation Exhaust RMS
6. Radwaste Building Ventilation Exhaust RMS
7. Standby Gas Treatment System RMS
d. Fire Protection The fire protection system consists of an outside yard loop with three fire pumps and one jockey fire pump, hydrants, sprinkler systems, deluge CO 2 systems, Halon systems, standpipe hose stations, portable fire extinguishers, ionization smoke detectors, heat sensors, alarm systems, fire barriers, two fire water storage tanks and associated piping, valves and instrumentation.

Three redundant 50 percent capacity pumps (1 electric and 2 diesel driven) and closed-loop piping ensure delivery of extinguishing water with one pump and one leg of the piping loop out of service.

Fire and smoke detection systems are provided for the switchgear areas, battery rooms, control room, cable penetration areas, and other areas, based on the results of the fire hazards analysis included in the FSAR. In addition, a GGNS-owned fire truck is maintained onsite. The fire truck may be taken offsite for various reasons (i.e. training, vehicle maintenance, etc.).

7- 15 Revision 59 06/07

GG FSAR

e. Geophysical Monitoring
1. Seismic Monitoring Activation of the seismic triggers causes an audible and visual ann-unciation in the control room to alert the plant operator that an earthquake has occurred. This annunciation is set to occur at 0.01 g vertical acceleration on the containment base or at 0.01 g horizontal acceleration on the drywell wall. These triggers cause initiation of the strong-motion accelerometers recording system at horizontal or vertical acceleration levels slightly higher than the expected background level, including induced vibrations from sources such as traffic elevators, people, and machinery.

System equipment includes:

a. Six triaxial time/history strong-motion accelerometers (SMA)
b. Seven triaxial peak-recording accelerographs C. Two seismic triggers (vertical and horizontal)
d. Four triaxial seismic switches
e. Recording and playback equipment A cabinet located in the Control Room houses the recording playback, and calibration units that are used in conjunction with the SMA sensors to produce a time/history record of the earthquake. It also contains the audible and visual annunciators wired to display initiation of the SMA recorder, and the power supply components for all equipment contained within the cabinet.

Should the GGNS seismic monitoring system fail, backup seismic information would be obtained through a coordinated effort with the 7 -16 Revision 25 12/93

GG FSAR Mississippi Bureau of Geology. That agency receives seismic information from Memphis, Tennessee, Panola County, Mississippi, and Mobile, Alabama. The Mississippi Bureau of Geology would be requested to obtain real-time seismic information and to relay this information by telephone to GGNS. Although these seismic monitoring stations are located some distance from GGNS, because of the sophistication of the detection equipment, they should be able to keep the GGNS site informed of any seismic activity within the state of Mississippi.

2. Meteorological Monitors The onsite meteorological tower, located approximately 5,300 feet northwest of the control building is 162 feet high and has the following instruments installed:

Surface Tipping bucket rain gauge Delta Temperature translator (utilizes 33 and 162 foot temperature sensors) 33 feet Wind speed sensor Wind direction sensor Temperature sensor Relative Humidity 162 feet Wind speed sensor Wind direction sensor Temperature sensor The meteorological system utilizes local digital storage modules and Plant Data System digital storage.

7-17 Revision 45 02/01

GG FSAR GGNS also utilizes a back-up meteorological system which provides meteorological information to the control room, if the primary meteorological system fails. The instrumentation on the backup system is listed below:

33 feet Wind speed sensor Wind direction sensor Temperature Sensor In the unlikely event that both the primary and backup meteorological systems were inoperable, the tertiary means of obtaining wind speed and direction data would be through the National Weather Service or the U.S. Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station.

An Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) is utilized to power the meteorological system instrumentation and components to ensure that a 90% data recovery is achieved. All components of the UPS/Back- up Power Supply are located at the Meteorological Station.

f. Hydrological Monitors A groundwater level monitoring program is established to provide data on the seasonal fluctuations of the regional groundwater operations to define the zone of depression caused by plant pumping operations and to monitor the level of the perched groundwater table at the plant site. In the event that GGNS personnel were unable to conduct the hydrological sampling program, this information could be supplied by the U.S. Geological Survey, which monitors groundwater levels in the town of Port Gibson.

7-18 Revision 45 02/01

GG FSAR

g. In-Plant Airborne Iodine Monitoring In reference to Section 7.6.3.1 of GGNS Technical Requirements Manual, a program is established which ensures the capability to accurately determine the airborne iodine concentration in vital areas under accident conditions.

This program includes the following:

1. Training of personnel
2. Procedures for Monitoring, and
3. Provisions for maintenance of sampling and analysis equipment.

7.6.2 Offsite Monitoring Equipment and Facilities GGNS has been conducting and continues to conduct an environmental radiological monitoring program for the Station.

The ongoing objectives of the program are:

a. To determine whether any statistically significant increase occurs in the concentration of radionuclides in critical pathways.
b. To detect any buildup of long-lived radionuclides in the environment.
c. To detect any change in ambient gamma radiation levels.
d. To verify that radioactive releases are within allowable limits and that plant operations have no detrimental effect on the health and safety of the public or on the environment.
e. To fulfill the radiological environmental surveillance requirements of the GGNS Technical Specifications.

The monitoring program provides the following: (1) the gathering of data on environmental radiation levels and the Station's degree of influence on these levels; (2) checks for specific radioisotopes to detect their introduction into the surroundings; (3) 7 -19 Revision 28 3/95

GG FSAR a background for a continually developing program of radiological assessment.

Ambient radiation is measured by dosimeters of legal record (DLR). These DLRs are installed at various onsite and offsite locations. The locations have been selected based on available meteorological data, prevailing wind direction and population concentration.

During normal operating conditions, quarterly measurements of the environmental dose rates are made. During an emergency, incremental and time integrated dose measurements can be made by selective and periodic changing of DLRs. The locations of existing environmental monitoring stations are given in the GGNS Technical Requirements Manual. Environmental monitoring stations have been located to ensure compliance with the NRC Radiological Assessment Branch Technical Positions for the Environmental Radiological Surveillance Program.

7.6.3 Radiological Assessment Laboratories The GGNS Chemistry Department has isotopic analysis capability available for onsite radiological analysis.

The Mississippi State Department of Health Laboratory, located in Jackson, MS, would be setup to receive samples in the event of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.

They could be expected to be ready within 1 to 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of notification. This laboratory has the capability to measure beta-gamma emitters, including radioiodine in environmental samples (soil, vegetation, water, and air). Data from this laboratory may be provided to each agency's representative in the Emergency Operations Facility by radio communications established by each agency or by normal phone communications with the Mississippi State Department of Health or Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality. Additional mobile laboratories with similar capabilities are available from DOE, Region f1I, Oak Ridge, TN (estimated response time 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />) and EPA, Region IV, Montgomery, AL (estimated response time 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br />).

7 -20 Revision 65 04/11

GG FSAR 7.6.4 Post-Accident Sampling Capability Through the use of installed emergency sampling equipment, measurements and analysis can be performed onsite to assess the magnitude of the radiological hazards associated with an emergency condition. Specifically, a system is installed to obtain samples from the following locations:

a. RHR A and B
b. Containment Atmosphere
c. Suppression Pool The offsite radiation monitoring teams have the capability to determine the extent of the radiological hazard in the environment. Environmental air samplers and portable equipment are available for the following assessment in the field within the 10-mile EPZ:
a. Beta-gamma radiation from the plume and/or ground contamination.
b. Iodine concentration and assessment of inhalation and thyroid dose by using air samplers with iodine specific cartridges and portable and fixed analyzers. The technique to be used to determine radioiodine concentrations in a radioactive plume is described in Emergency Plan Procedures. This technique allows the determination of radioiodine concentrations in the field with a minimum detectable activity of 1 x 10-7 uCilcc in the presence of interfering noble gases and background radiation.
c. Water sampling for later analysis to assess contamination due to liquid release pathways can also be done by offsite monitoring teams.

The offsite monitoring teams dispatched from GGNS consist of 2 members. Transportation is available using designated GGNS vehicles, with normal deployment 7- 21 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR expected to be within approximately 90 minutes following notification.

Emergency Plan Procedures have been established that relate the various measured parameters to integrated doses. Provisions have been made for estimating integrated dose from the projected and actual dose rates and for comparing these estimates with the protective action guides.

7.7 Protective Facilities Emergency situations may arise, whether it be man-made or natural causes, which require that protective action be initiated to assure the safety of personnel. Predetermined procedures to be initiated in the event of a fire, tornado, or earthquake are contained within the plant operating procedures. An important consideration in the protection of the Grand Gulf personnel is for the immediate removal of those personnel not essential for the control of the plant. Security Personnel would be examples of those required to remain onsite. In the event of an emergency situation, the appropriate notification is made. Upon notification, all personnel onsite should either assume their prearranged emergency responsibilities or should follow instructions given over the PA system. This permits accountability of personnel before leaving the site or being assigned to an emergency team.

7.8 First Aid and Medical Facilities First aid equipment and facilities at Grand Gulf are available to handle a wide range of emergency situations from minor first aid to transporting a seriously injured individual to an offsite medical facility. Readily available first aid is provided by Plant Staff personnel that are first aid trained. First aid kits containing items typically needed to care for minor injuries are located in the following areas:

a. Control Room
b. Maintenance Shop 7- 22 Revision 51 02/04

GG FSAR

c. EOF A first aid treatment room is located in the Health Physics Access Control Area on the 93 foot level of the Control Building and is equipped with normal industrial first aid supplies.

7.9 Rescue and Damage Control Equipment Rescue and damage control equipment consists of normal and special purpose tools and devices used in the course of maintenance and operational functions throughout GGNS. Personnel who are assigned to use rescue and damage control equipment in an emergency are familiar with the locations and use of specific equipment. To ensure that adequate supplies are available for usage during plant emergency conditions, rescue and damage control equipment is located in the Maintenance Shop. Typical supplies contained in these cabinets are listed in Appendix B.

Bulky items, such as hydraulic jacks, cutting and burning rigs, and portable generators, are not stored in emergency facilities and may be obtained from maintenance control areas, the Warehouse, or Maintenance Shop.

The GGNS Maintenance and Operations Sections are responsible for inventories of tools, equipment, and vehicles assigned to their respective section. As such, during work days, Supervisors in each section may authorize the use of tools, equipment, and vehicles as the situation demands. Furthermore, the Shift Manager has immediate access to shops, tool cribs, lockers, vehicles, rescue and damage control equipment, and other material during backshifts and weekends.

7.10 Personal Protective Equipment To protect personnel remaining onsite and/or arriving onsite during the emergency, quantities of personal protective equipment, including anti-contamination clothing and individual respiratory equipment are maintained on site. Protective clothing and individual respirators/

7-23 Revision 43 10/00

GG FSAR masks are stored in the emergency cabinets located in the Control Room, the TSC, the OSC, and the EOF. This equipment is inspected, inventoried, and operationally checked on at least a quarterly basis in accordance with Section 8.6.

7 -24 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR TABLE 7-1 GGNS OPERATIONAL HOT LINE LOCATION (USUAL) CONTACT ALTERNATE Control Room Control Room Communicator Control Room Operator Technical Support Center TSC Manager Alt. TSC Manager Emergency Operations Facility EOF Offsite Communicator Alt. EOF Offsite Communicator Entergy Operations Corporate Emergency Center Information Coordinator Logistics Coordinator Mississippi Emergency Management Agency Director, MEMA Comm. Officer, MEMA Mississippi Highway Safety Patrol Comm. Officer, MHP Dispatcher, MHP Claibome County Civil Defense Director, CCCD Asst. Director, CCCD Claiborne County Sheriffs Department Sheriff, CCSD Dispatcher, CCSD Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality Secretary of LDEQ Radiological Emergency Planning & Response Staff Tensas Parish Sheriff's Office Sheriff, TPSO Dispatcher, TPSO Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Assistant Secretary, GOHSEP Comm. Officer, GOHSEP Preparedness 7 -25 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION OFFSITE SUPPORT AGENCIES AND CONTRACTORS EMERGENCY FACILITIES EMERGENCY FACILITIES ON OR NEAR SITE) (OFFSITE)

CONTROL ROOM JOINT INFORMATION MISSISSPPI NRC CENTER STATE EOC HEADQUARTERS Location: El. 166' L.ocation: Location:

Rockville, MD Contro Bldg. Jackson, MS TECHNICAL ENTERGY OPERATIONS CLAIBORNE NRC SUPPORT CENTER CORPORATE COUNTY EOC REGION IV EMERGENCY CENTER Location: Adjacent Location: Location: Location, To Contro Room Jackson. MS Port Gibson, MS Arlington, TX SOPERATIONS S LOUISIANA CTRIC ELE NEA SUPPORT CENTER STATE EOC :GE Location: Location: Location:

Baton Rouge, LA San Jose, CA Maintenance Shop EMERGENCY [RTENS PARISH OPERATIONS IEOCI FACILITY Location: Energy Location:

Services Center I St. Joseph, LA EMERGENCY FACILITIES FIGURE 7-1 7-26 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR UPPER PART OF CONTROL ROOM DOWN TO CONTROL ROOM REST-0-I COMMAND CENTER ROO LI STORAGE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FIGURE 7-2 7 -27 Revision 41 3/00

GG FSAR Shop, Ground Floor BREAK ROOM KITCHEN WOMEN MEN STAI ACCMOUNTABILITY READER MACHINE SHOP

___IL1 OSC PERSONNEL STAGING AREA Maintenanc:e Shop, Mezzanine COMMAND CENTER OSC o 0C OS TEAM BRIEF EQUIPMENT ENG.

ROOM ROOM ROOM OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER FIGURE 7-3 7-28 Revision 46 08/01

GG FSAR

.. LtwjAgene-y-Conference I

MENS RfSTROOMNSHOVWER Is 7~7 REMTOOMISHOWER Dan .,taninatloa ad OMTStornge EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY LEVEL I FIGURE 7-4 7 -29 Revision 61 03/09

GG F*SAR EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY ouT

1. Offce
2. Stompg
3. Kitchen
4. Dormatory 4

CONFERENCE AREA EXIT EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY LEVEL II FIGURE 7-5 7 -30 Revision 29 9/95

GG FSAR SWITCH YARD ADMNV. WAREl 0

p 0 ENERG' IRKING LOTS C

SITE IfIN,PL.AN SCALE- i0rT EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY LOCATION FIGURE 7-6 7 -31 Revision 24 6/93

GG FSAR Restroo[s Exit Entrance Copier/FAX Office Exit BEOF

] Supply Cabinet Refer to 1O-S-O1 -33, Emergency Operations Facility Operations for BEOF layout details.

Dose Calc Computer Office Office Exit BACK UP EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY Figure 7-7 Page 7-32 Rev 64 (11/10)

GG FSAR Alternate Facilities Two Story Building I

  • . .(Staging/Muster Area)

Vicksburg Area Engineering Office ir e (Alternate TSC)

Overflow Parking Area Security Baxter Wilson Steam/Electric Station (BWSES)

From Highway 61 South Figure 7-8 7 - 33 Rev 68 08/12

GG FSAR GGNS & NRC Work Area V

INQUIRY RESPONSE AREA RM. CONF. 106 CONF. RM. 105 WOMEW, REST AUDITORIUM ROOM CONF. RM. 103/104 STATE / LOCAL / FEDERAL WORK AREA STAIRS MEN'S MEDIA WORK REST AREA ROOM JOINT INFORMATION CENTEF HALLWAY LAYOUT DOORS FIGURE 7-9 7-34 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR FIGURE DELETED 7 -35 Revision 53 02/05

GG FSAR FIGURE 7-11 DELETED 7- 36 Revision 53 02/05

GG FSAR Communications Interfaces LOUISIANA DEPARTMENT GOVERNORS OFFICE OF HOMELAND SECURITY AND TENSAS PARISH SHERIFF I

OF ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCY QUALITY I I PREPAREDNESS

ýl I EMERGENCY BACKUP OPERATIONS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS I

FACILITY FACILITY JOINT

....... INFORMATION II CLAIBORNE CENTER CLAIBORNE COUNTY COUNTY CIVIL SHERIFF DEFENSE GGNS OPERATIONAL HOT LINE (OHL)

................... NRC FEDERAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM UHF RADIO SOUND POWERED PHONES EOF/ENMC HOT LINE FIGURE 7-12 7 -37 Rev 68 08/12

GG FSAR Siren Locations Figure 7-13 7-38 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 8.0 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 8.1 Organizational Preparedness GGNS recognizes its responsibilities to take measures necessary to maintain emergency preparedness for all personnel who may be involved in a station emergency. The Site Vice President, through the Director, Regulatory and Performance Improvement has authority and responsibility for establishing management direction and control to assure that preparedness is maintained and that any required corrective actions are implemented.

The Manager, Emergency Planning is delegated the overall responsibility for implementation of the emergency preparedness program, including training, drills and exercises involving GGNS Emergency Organization Personnel. The Manager, Emergency Planning has access to and reporting relationships with Corporate Emergency Preparedness senior management and GGNS site senior management with oversight responsibility for Emergency Preparedness. These relationships assure site emergency preparedness and fleet emergency preparedness resources, priorities and performance standards are balanced for best performance.

The Manager, Training & Development is responsible for providing required Emergency Preparedness Training for personnel who are part of the GGNS Emergency Response Organization, commensurate with their positions in the emergency organization.

8.2 Training All Entergy Operations personnel who are part of the GGNS Emergency Response Organization are required to participate in a formal Emergency Preparedness Training Program. The overall program consists of the following:

a. Plant Access Training for all unescorted personnel in the protected area.
b. Emergency Preparedness Training Specialized (EPTS) and Emergency Plan Procedure training for all emergency response personnel as required.
c. Fitness For Duty (FFD) training for all emergency response personnel in the protected area and the EOF.

8-1 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR An orientation and training program is offered for all outside support agencies such as the local fire department, law enforcement, ambulance, hospital services, and civil defense/emergency preparedness.

8.2.1 General Emergency Plan Training A program is developed to provide information on the Emergency Plan to all personnel (excluding visitors) coming on site for the first time and to all personnel participating in the annual retraining program. The following objectives are met:

a. To train personnel with respect to their responsibilities during an emergency situation
b. To keep personnel informed of any applicable changes to the Emergency Plan.

In order to meet these objectives, instructions concerning the following are given to all personnel:

a. Signals and Alarms
b. Evacuation routes and procedures
c. Response during an emergency 8.2.2 Emergency preparedness Training Specialized and Emergency Plan Procedure Training Emergency Organization Personnel receive on an annual basis, training in emergency response. This training program ensures continued emergency preparedness of all persons who may participate in a station emergency. Emergency Preparedness Training Specialized (including the scope, nature and frequency) is provided and includes, but is not limited to, the following categories:
a. Directors or coordinators of the response organizations;
b. Personnel responsible for accident assessment;
c. Radiological monitoring teams and radiological analysis personnel; 8-2 Revision 23 6/92

GG FSAR

d. Security;
e. Repair and damage control/correctional action teams;
f. First aid and rescue personnel;
g. Corporate support personnel filling GGNS Emergency Response Organization Positions;
h. Personnel responsible for transmission of emergency information and instructions.
i. Fire fighting Specific emergency training courses and frequency are referenced in the Emergency Preparedness Training Program.

8.2.3 Orientation and Training Program for Offsite Support Agencies The Manager, Emergency Planning ensures training is provided for appropriate offsite support agencies. These agencies include local fire, law enforcement, ambulance, and hospital services. Assistance may be provided as needed by personnel from Training, Health Physics, Operations, Security, or Corporate Communications. This emergency plan training includes the following topics as a minimum:

a. Grand Gulf Nuclear Station site layout
b. Communications interfaces and procedures between the onsite organizations and the offsite support agencies
c. Expected responses to emergencies
d. Anticipated protective actions
e. Basic health physics and radiation protection
f. Primary and alternate plant access routes and access procedures.

Local civil defense/emergency preparedness personnel are provided training through participation in joint utility/ state/local status meetings, through invitations to attend the training offered to the agencies listed above, and through their respective state emergency 8-3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR preparedness organization(s). Grand Gulf Nuclear Station may also provide assistance in the training of other county/parish emergency organization personnel, if requested to do so. Emphasis is placed on the interfaces between the station and the state and local emergency organizations, communications procedures, basic radiation protection, and the expected roles of the offsite response agencies.

8.3 Drills and Exercises Periodic exercises are conducted to evaluate major portions of emergency response capabilities; periodic drills are conducted to develop and maintain skills; and deficiencies identified as a result of exercises and drills are utilized to update the Plan and procedures.

The general purposes of drills and exercises are as follows:

a. To test the effectiveness, timing and content of the Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Procedures
b. To test the emergency facilities and equipment
c. To ensure that emergency organization personnel are familiar with their duties and responsibilities.

An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within emergency preparedness plans and organizations. An exercise simulates an emergency resulting in potential or actual offsite radiological releases that would require response by offsite authorities. A limited exercise is an event that has limited objectives and tests one or more specific portions of the basic elements existing within emergency preparedness plans and organizations.

A drill is a supervised instruction period designed to test, develop and maintain skills. A drill may be a component of an exercise or limited exercise. Drills are supervised by qualified personnel and on-the-spot correction of erroneous performance is permitted.

8-4 Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR 8.3.1 Drill and Exercise Scenarios Exercises and limited exercises are based upon preplanned scenarios with observers assigned to various locations to monitor the actions of the Emergency Organization personnel. The sequence of events normally followed for exercises is:

a. Prepare the scenarios and review them with key officials of participating organizations (the actual details of exercise scenarios are kept confidential)
b. Assign and brief observers - qualified observers from the utility, state/local government as well as observers from the NRC, FEMA, and the Regional Assistance Committee
c. Conduct the drill/exercise
d. Critique the drill/exercise as soon as practicable after it is conducted
e. Make necessary changes as a result of the critique review, and;
f. Provide documentation to the Manager, Emergency Planning, Director, Regulatory and Performance Improvement and Site Vice President.

Drill scenarios are prepared by the individual responsible for conducting the drill, and are approved by the appropriate level of management. Drills may involve a single individual, section or department, or they may involve parts of the emergency organization.

State and local support agency participation during exercises are conducted under the biennial exercise requirements of 44CFR350. The scenarios to be used for exercises are varied from year to year; operations in various weather conditions; during each six-year cycle one drill or exercise is held between 6:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m.; some of the drills or exercises are unannounced. The scenarios include the following:

a. Basic objectives and appropriate evaluation criteria
b. Dates, locations, and organizations expected to participate
c. Listing of simulated events 8-5 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR

d. Time schedule (real and simulated)
e. Narrative summary including information such as simulated casualties, offsite fire department assistance, rescue of personnel, use of protective clothing, deployment of radiological monitoring teams, public information activities, etc.
f. Observer assignments and advance materials consisting of the scenario, evaluation criteria, performance objectives, and observer check sheets.

8.3.2 Drill and Exercise Schedule The following drills and exercises are conducted to ensure that the Emergency Organization maintains a high degree of readiness.

a. Communications Drills Communications are tested on a monthly basis with the State and local governments within the plume exposure pathway of the Emergency Planning Zones (10 mile EPZ), and with the NRC.

Communications are tested on a quarterly basis with those State Emergency Response Organizations within the ingestion pathway (50 mile EPZ).

Communications drills include the aspect of understanding of the contents of messages. In addition, the communications drills may be utilized to review and update emergency telephone numbers.

b. Emergency Repair Team A drill is conducted on an annual basis to determine the effectiveness of the Emergency Repair Team members and their equipment.

8-6 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR

c. Fire Brigade Each fire brigade is drilled as required by UFSAR Section 9B.9.2. A drill is conducted on an annual basis to determine the effectiveness of the local fire department working in conjunction with the Fire Brigade.
d. Medical Emergency Drill A drill involving the First Aid Team and local support hospitals is conducted on an annual basis and includes simulated radiological emergencies.
e. Radiological Monitoring Drill Plant environs and radiological monitoring drills, both onsite and offsite, are conducted on an annual basis to determine the effectiveness of the collection and analysis of sample media. The drills include the utilization of communication equipment and demonstrate proper record keeping procedures.
f. Health Physics Drill A Health Physics Drill is conducted on a semiannual basis and involves response to and analysis of simulated elevated airborne and liquid samples and direct radiation measurements in the environment.
g. Text Deleted
h. Radiation Emergency Exercise An exercise is conducted on a biennial basis. The exercise involves 8-7 Revision 51 02/04

GG FSAR participation of offsite emergency support personnel within the local and State Emergency Organizations. This exercise simulates emergency conditions requiring the declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.

At least every five years, ajoint exercise appropriate to a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency that involves Federal, State, and local emergency response personnel, organizations, and agencies is conducted. The scope of the exercise tests as much of the emergency plan (i.e., GGNS, State, and local) as is reasonably achievable. The degree of public participation in this exercise is determined by the appropriate State agencies. Provisions are made to start exercises between 6:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m. once every six years.

i. Radiation Emergency Drill Drill(s) are conducted periodically between exercises to ensure emergency response capabilities are maintained. At least one of the drill(s) include management and coordination of the emergency response, accident assessment, protective action decision making, and plant system repair and corrective actions.

State and local agencies shall be allowed to participate in the drill(s) when requested.

8.4 Responsibilities The Manager, Emergency Planning is responsible for coordinating the implementation of the overall radiological emergency response planning and preparedness effort to include, but not be limited to:

a. Ensuring that the Emergency Plan complies with all Federal regulations, and that it is coordinated with the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Physical Security Plan and the emergency response plans of Claibome County, Tensas Parish, and the States of Mississippi and Louisiana.

8-8 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR

b. Ensuring that Emergency Plan Procedures are consistent with Administrative, Security, Radiation Control, and Training Procedures, the Emergency Plan, and with each other.
c. Ensuring that training is offered annually for the emergency response personnel and local offsite support agencies and that training commitments for on-call emergency response personnel are met.
d. Ensuring that drills and exercises are conducted in accordance with Section 8.3, and that necessary corrective actions are implemented.
e. Ensuring that the Plan and procedures are reviewed and updated on an annual basis
f. Ensuring that the commitments of the Public Information Program are met on an annual basis
g. Ensuring that maintenance and inventory of emergency equipment and supplies is performed on a quarterly basis.

The Manager, Emergency Planning interfaces with several organizations who have specific responsibilities for some of the above areas.

The Manager, Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring that the commitments of the News Media Emergency Information Program and the Public Information Program are met.

He is also responsible for conducting specialized training and drills for personnel directly involved with these programs.

The Security Manager is responsible for revisions to the GGNS Physical Security Plan.

The Manager, Emergency Planning works with the above individuals, as well as with federal, state and local personnel having responsibilities to the GGNS emergency preparedness program, to ensure that the commitments of the Plan are fully implemented.

Training opportunities are afforded to the Emergency Preparedness Staff to ensure that they are able to effectively carry out their assigned responsibilities.

8-9 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 8.5 Review and Updating of the Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Procedures The Plan shall be reviewed and updated as necessary on at least an annual basis. Letters of Agreement with offsite organizations and agencies are reviewed during the annual Plan review and updated as necessary. A change in original signatory(ies) to a given Letter of Agreement does not in itself require revision of that Letter. A change in applicability of content of a Letter of Agreement, however, does require a revision to that Letter.

Emergency Plans of offsite organizations and agencies are reviewed as requested.

The Manager, Nuclear Oversight is responsible for conducting an independent review of the Emergency Preparedness Program, to verify compliance with the Quality Assurance Program Manual, the Fire Protection Plan, federal regulations, and operating license provisions. The review shall be conducted at intervals not to exceed 12 months or, as necessary, based on an assessment of performance indicators, and as soon as reasonably practicable after a change occurs in personnel, procedures, equipment, or facilities that potentially could adversely affect emergency preparedness, but no longer than 12 months after the change. In any case, all elements of the emergency preparedness program must be reviewed at least once every 24 months. The review must include an evaluation for adequacy of interfaces with State and local governments and drills, exercises, capabilities, and procedures. The results of the review, along with recommendations for improvements, must be documented, maintained for a period of five years and reported to the Manager, Emergency Planning, Director, Regulatory and Performance Improvement, Site Vice President, and affected groups. The part of the review involving the evaluation for adequacy of interface with State and local governments must be available to the appropriate State and local governments. In addition, the Manager, Emergency Planning, by virtue of his involvement with the Emergency Preparedness Program, provides an ongoing review. Personnel performing reviews or audits of the Emergency Plan and/or Emergency Plan Procedures take into account and review corporate policy, state policy and plans, local plans, and the various agreements and understandings with federal, state, and local support agencies and organizations.

8-10 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR The Plan is a part of the GGNS FSAR, but is maintained as a separate document. Document holders receive revisions to the Plan in a controlled manner as they are issued. Revised pages are dated and marked to show where revisions have been made.

The Manager, Emergency Planning is responsible for coordinating reviews and audits of 8 - 10a Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR the Emergency Plan and implementing procedures. In addition, the Manager, Emergency Planning, through letters, meetings, seminars, or other means available, ensures that all elements of the total emergency organizations are informed of revisions to the Plan.

Results of all exercises and each annual revision and change to the plan are reported to /

reviewed by the Site Vice President, and Director, Regulatory and Performance Improvement, who provides management direction and control to ensure that all corrective actions are implemented.

8.6 Maintenance and Inventory of Emergency Equipment and Supplies The Manager, Emergency Planning, or his designee, is responsible for planning and scheduling the quarterly inventory and inspection of designated emergency equipment and supplies at GGNS. He, or his designee, ensures that identified deficiencies are corrected in a reasonable period of time.

All emergency equipment/instruments are inspected, inventoried and operationally tested on a quaiterly basis and after each use. Lists of telephone numbers used in emergency response are reviewed and updated quarterly.

Designated emergency equipment and supplies and their storage locations are listed in Appendix B. Supplies having shelf-lives are checked and replaced as necessary.

Any deficiencies found during the inventory and inspection are either cleared immediately or documented for corrective action. There are sufficient reserves of emergency equipment/instruments available to replace any equipment which is removed from the emergency kits for calibration or repair. All emergency instruments are calibrated at the intervals specified by the FSAR, Section 12. A summary report of each inventory and inspection is prepared and submitted to file.

8-11 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR 8.7 Educational Information to the Public Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, in conjunction with State and local agencies, provides the following written information to those members of the general public that reside within the 10 mile Emergency Planning Zone:

a. Educational information on radiation
b. Personnel to contact for further information
c. Protective measures, e.g. evacuation routes and relocation centers, sheltering, respiratory protection, radioprotective drugs
d. Special needs of the handicapped.

This information is disseminated via an Emergency Public Information publication mailed annually to residents of the 10-mile EPZ, in accordance with the Public Education and Information Program included in Appendix H. This program addresses providing information to the transient population. The Public Education and Information Program annually ensures the permanent and transient adult population within the plume exposure EPZ are provided an adequate opportunity to become aware of the above information.

8.8 News Media Information A News Media Emergency Information Program was developed that includes details on arrangements for timely exchange of information among the designated spokespersons and news media representatives. This program is included in Appendix H. The details for dealing with rumors are included in Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-34. GGNS provides supporting information to state and local authorities to develop messages intended for the public. Messages to state and local authorities include information concerning recommended protective actions.

This program also provides for an annual training session to acquaint the news media with the methodology to obtain information during an emergency, as well as information about overall emergency preparedness for GGNS.

8 -12 Revision 31 9/96

GG FSAR 9.0 REENTRY AND RECOVERY 9.1 Reentry/Recovery In any Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, the immediate action is directed toward limiting the consequences of the incident in a manner that affords the maximum protection to the plant personnel and the general public. Once the corrective and protective actions have established an effective control over the situation, the emergency actions shift into the reentry and the subsequent recovery phases during which all actions are planned and deliberate.

9.2 Reentry During the period immediately following an emergency, radiation monitoring functions involve gross hazard evaluations and the definition of radiological problem areas. This initial radiation surveillance activity is utilized to provide the basic information required for the reentry and recovery operations. The following is a brief description of the actions that are performed prior to authorizing reentry into the affected areas:

a. Review available radiation surveillance data. Determine plant areas potentially affected by radiation and/or contamination.
b. Review radiation exposures of personnel to participate in the recovery operations.

Determine the need for additional personnel and the sources for these additional personnel.

c. Review adequacy of radiation survey instrumentation and equipment (type, ranges, number, calibration, etc.).
d. Preplan survey team activities to include:
1. Areas to be surveyed
2. Anticipated radiation and contamination levels
3. Radiation survey equipment required
4. Shielding requirements and availability
5. Protective clothing and equipment required 9-1 Revision 46 8/01

GG FSAR

6. Access control procedures
7. Exposure control limits and personnel dosimetry required
8. Decontamination requirements
9. Communications The initial reentry into the plant areas encompasses the following goals (in order of priority):
a. Determination of the initial required recovery operations (application of clearance tags, etc.)
b. Visual observation of hazards or potential hazards associated with the recovery operations
c. Conduct comprehensive radiation surveillance of plant facilities and define radiological problem areas
d. Isolate and post areas in the plant with radiological warning signs, and rope barriers, as appropriate.

9.3 Recovery The nature and extent of the emergency determines what recovery operations are required and the extent of the recovery organization that must be formed. A recovery plan must be flexible enough to adapt to the existing conditions. It is not possible to anticipate in advance all of the conditions that may be encountered as a result of the emergency. General principles are addressed in this section that serves as a guide for developing a flexible plan of action.

It is the responsibility of the Emergency Director to determine when the Recovery Phase of the emergency can be initiated. The following criteria must be met before recovery operations can begin:

a. The plant must be in a controlled and stable condition
b. The release of radioactive material to the environment must be controlled and must 9-2 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR be below any of the Emergency Action Level criteria

c. The radiation levels must be stable or decreasing in all plant areas.

The Emergency Director discusses existing offsite conditions with appropriate State officials prior to terminating a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency classification.

Recovery may be completed by the Emergency Organization before the termination of the emergency. If recovery has not been accomplished by the termination of the emergency, a recovery organization is activated as described in Section 5.5. Its function is to safely and effectively place the plant back in a safe operating condition. Appropriate GGNS and outside assistance is mobilized to accomplish the objective. The Emergency Director is responsible for transmitting the notification that the incident is terminated and reentry/recovery may begin to those agencies connected to the GGNS Operational Hot Line (see Section 7.5.3.a.1)

The initial objectives of the recovery program are the determination of the damage to equipment, the installation of shielding, rope barriers and signs, the application of clearance tags, decontamination, and cleanup as required to place the plant in an acceptable long term condition.

Other recovery operations are not initiated until the area affected by the emergency has been defined. Particular attention is directed toward isolating and tagging out components and systems as required to control or minimize hazards. A systematic investigation is conducted to determine the equipment that has been damaged and the extent of the damage.

Once the initial objectives are completed, a detailed investigation of the accident causes and consequences, both to the plant and to the environment, is conducted. Determinations are made as to the repair work required to perform necessary modifications to plant equipment and/or operating procedures. Repair work and approved modifications are carried out as authorized.

Test programs to confirm fitness for return to services are to be developed and executed.

9-3 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR Recovery operations are conducted in compliance with normal operational radiation exposure levels specified in 10CFR20. When possible, significant releases of radiation during recovery is planned, controlled, evaluated in advance for radiological impact, and appropriate offsite organizations and agencies informed of the scheduled release and estimated impact.

Emergency Plan Procedures provide methods of periodically estimating total population exposure.

9-4 Revision 43 10/00

APPENDIX A Emergency Plan Cross Reference and List of Procedures that Implement the Emergency Plan

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION .QOCDJB PROCEDURES (EPP)

SECTION 1.0 DEFINMflONS requires no procedures.

SECTION 2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY contains no explicit actions or responsibilities which should be implemented by procedures. There is an implicit requirement for a procedu to assure that changes to any procedure - administrative, operational, security, radiation protection, or emergency -

be reviewed with respect to all related procedures to assure a coordinated emergaecy response will be provided when required.

2.1 Criterion for GGNS Emergency Plan Development 2.2 Applicability of the Emergency Plan 2.2.1 General Information and Site Description 2.2.2 Population and Population Distribution 2.2.3 Energency Planning Zones 2.3 Scope of the Emergency Plan 2.3.1 Regulatory Requirements 2.3.2 Objectives of the Emergency Plan 2.4 Emergency Plan nterrelationships 2.4.1 Emergency Plan Procedures 2.4.2 Related Plans, Programs and Procedures 2.4.3 Participating Governmental Agencies Table 2-1 Public Facilities and Institutions I All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-1 Revision 28 3/95

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS Table 2-2 Resident Population Distribution in Evacuation Area by Sector Figure 2-1 General Area Surrounding GGNS Figure 2-2 Site Layout Figure 2-3 Permanent Resident Population Distribution Figure 2-4 Ten-Mile Emergency Planning Zone Figure 2-5 Fifty-Mile Emergency Planning Zone 3.1 Emergency Planning 3.2 Emergency Plan Steps 3.3 1,6 Emergency Direction and Assignments 4.1 Emergency Classification System 4.1.1 1,6 Unusual Event 4.1.2 1,6,29,30,33,34 Alert 4.1.3 1,6,29,30,33,34 Site Area Emergency 4.1.4 1,6,29,30,33,34 General Emergency 4.2 Classification of postulated accidents.

Table 4-1 1,38 Emergency Classification 5.1 Statement of GGNS organization.

5.2 Statement of normal station organization.

I All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-2 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMTVIENTS 5.2.1 Genera I1Manager, Plant Operations 5.2.2 Manag er, Operations 5.2.3 Manag er, Maintenance 5.2.4 Manag er, Radiation Protection 5.2.5 Manag er, Production 5.2.6 Manag er, Training 5.2.7 Shift Technical Advisor 5.2.8 Manag er, Materials, Purchasing, and Contracts 5.2.9 Direct()r, Regulatory and Performance Improvement 5.3 Statem ent of normal station shift staffing.

5.4 Emerg ency Organization 5.4 Norma I Station Shift 5.4.2 01-S-10-6 22,33 Emerg ency Director 5.4.3 01-S-10-6 33 EOFiVlanager 5.4.4 01-S-10-6 33 Radiol ogical Assessment Coordinator 5.4.5 01-S-10-6 33 Techni cal Advisor 5.4.6 01-S-10-6 33 Admin . & Logistics Coordinator 5.4.7 01-S-10-6 33,34 Public Information Liaison 5.4.8 01-S-10-6 6,33 Offsite Communicator I All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 5.4.9 01-S-10-6 33 EOF Communicator 5.4.10 01-S-10-6 33 Lead Offsite Liaison 5.4.11 01-S-10-6 33 Offsite Liaison 5.4.12 01-S-10-6 12,33 Dose Assessor 5.4.13 01-S-10-6 33 Offsite Team Coordinator 5.4.14 01-S-10-6 33 Offsite Monitoring Team 5.4.15 01-S-10-6 33 Information Technology (IT) Specialist 5.4.16 01-S-10-6 33 EOF Habitability Specialist 5.4.17 01-S-10-6 33 FFD Administrator 5.4.1 01i-9-10-6 33 EOF Log Keeper 5.4.19 01-S-10-6 30 Emergency Plat Manager (EPM) 5.4.20 01-S-10-6 30 TSC Manager 5.4.21 01-S-10-6 30 TSC Communicator 5.4.22 01-S-10-6 1, 30 Security Coordinator 5.4.23 01-S-10-6 30 ENS Communicator 5.4.24 01-S-10-6 30 Maintenance Coordinator 5.4.25 0 1-S-10-6 30 Engineering Coordinator 5.4.26 01-S-10-6 30 Radiological Coordinator 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-4 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFER EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 5.4.27 01-S-10-6 30 Operations Coordinator 5.4.28 01-S-10-6 30 Engineers (Mech./I&C/Elect.)

5.4.29 01-S-10-6 30,35 Reactor Engineer 5.4.30 01-S-10-6 29 OSC Manager 5.4.31 01-S-10-6 29 Log Keeper - OSC 5.4.32 01-S-10-6 29 Operation Support 5.4.33 01-S-10-6 29 Work Control Coordinator 5.4.34 01-S-10-6 29 Mechanical/l&C/Electrical Coordinator 5.4.35 01-S-10-6 29 Rad Chem Coordinator 5.4.36 01-S-10-6 34 Company Spokesperson 5.4.37 01-S-10-6 34 Technical Advisor - JIC 5.4.38 01-S-10-6 34 JIC Manager 5.4.39 01-S-10-6 34 Information Coordinator 5.4.40 01-S-10-6 34 Media Liaison 5.4.41 01-S-10-6 34 Log Keeper- JIC 5.4.42 01-S-10-6 34 Logistics Coordinator 5.4.43 01-S-10-6 34 Inquiry Response Coordinator 5.4.44 01-S-10-6 34 Press Release Writer 5.4.45 01-S-10-6 34 Media Monitoring 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-5 Revision 62 10/09

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 5.5 29 Recovery Organization 5.6 Local services support (normal 10CFR20 limits on exposure or contamination) 5.6.1 Description of medical support 5.6.2 Fire Support 5.6.3 Law Enforcement Agencies 5.7 Coordination with Governmental Agencies.

5.7.1 MEMA and Miss. Div. of Radiological Health 5.7.2 LDEQ AND LHLS/EP 5.7.3 Port Gibson/Claibome Co. Civil Defense 5.7.4 Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness 5.7.5 6 NRC 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A -5a Revision 61 03/09 1

EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN1 SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 5.7.6 DOE 5.7.7 INPO 5.7.8 U.S.C.G.

5.8 33 Contractor Assistance 5.9 Support for Federal Response Table 5-1 6 Minimum shift staffing Figure 5-1 Deleted Figure 5-2 Normal Station Organization Figure 5-3 Emergency Organization Figure 5-4 Emergency Organization Figure 5-5 Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations Figure 5-6 Federal Response Management Diagram 6.1 Initiating emergency measures 6.1.1 22 Plant Administrative Procedures 6.1.2 30 Security Plan 6.2 Activation of emergency organization 6.2.1 Control room operators A- 6 Pr,li,*iqn *,1 q/qA I All emerencv lan procedureq rrefaced with 10-5 GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 6.2.3 STA 6.2.4 1,6,34 Emergency Director 6.3 Assessment Actions 6.3.1 1 Assessment actions during Unusual Events 6.3.2 1 Assessment actions during Alerts 6.3.3 1 Assessment actions during Site Area Emergencies 6.3.4 1 Assessment actions during General Emergencies 6.4 Corrective Actions 6.5 Protective actions 6.5.1 Protective cover, evacuation, personnel accountability 6.5.1.a 11,33 GGNS 6.5.L.b 11 Offsite areas 6.6 11 Contamination Control Measures 6.7 Aid to affected personnel 6.7.1 17,20 Emergency Personnel Exposure 6.7.2 11 Decontamination and First Aid 6.7.3 19 Medical Transportation 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-7 Revision 68 08/12

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 6.7.4 Medical Treatment Table 6-1 12 Recommended Protective Actions Figure 6-1 Deleted Figure 6-2 6,33 Emergency Notification Form 7.1 Facilities and Equipment 7.2 Control Room 7.3 39 Emergency Response Facilities 7.3.1 30 TSC 7.3.2 29 OSC 7.3.3 33 EOF 7.3.4 33 BEOF 7.3.5 34 Joint Information Center 7.4 County and State Emergency Centers 7.4.1 Claiborne County EOC 7.4.2 Mississippi State EOC 7.4.3 Tensas Parish EOC I All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-8 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 7.4.4 Louisiana State EOC 7.5 01-S-10-5 Communications Systems 7.5.1 Telephone System 7.5.2 Plant Paging System & Sound Powered Phones 7.5.3 01-S-10-5,6 1,6,29 Emergency Communications Equipment 7.5.4 Alert Notification System 7.6 Assessment Facilities 7.6.1 12 Onsite Systems and Equipment 7.6.2 Offsite Monitoring Equipment and Facilities 7.6.3 14 Radiological Assessment Laboratories 7.6.4 Post-Accident Sampling Capability 7.6.4 01-S-10-5 28 Designated Emergency Vehicles 7.7 11 Protective Facilities 7.8 01-S-10-5 First Aid and Medical Facilities.

7.9 01-S-10-5 Rescue and Damage Control Equipment 7.10 01-S-10-5 Personal Protective Equipment Table 7-1 33 GGNS Operational Hot Line Figure 7-1 Emergency Facilities 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-9 Revision 68 08/12

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS Figure 7-2 Technical Support Center Figure 7-3 Operations Support Center Figure 7-4 Emergency Operations Facility Level I Figure 7-5 Emergency Operations Facility Level II Figure 7-6 Emergency Operations Facility Location Figure 7-7 Backup Emergency Operations Facility Figure 7-8 Deleted Figure 7-9 Joint Information Center Layout Figure 7-10 Deleted Figure 7-11 Deleted Figure 7-12 Communications Interfaces Figure 7-13 Siren Locations 8.1 Organizational Preparedness 8.2 EN-TQ-1 10 Training 8.2.1 EN-TQ-110 General Emergency Plan Training 8.2.2 EN-TQ- l 10 Emergency Preparedness Training Specialized and Emergency Plan Procedure Training 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-10 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS 8.2.3 01-S-10-3 Orientation and Training Program for Offsite Support Agencies 8.3 37 Drills and Exercises 8.3.1 Drill and Exercise Scenarios 8.3.2 Drill and Exercise Schedules 8.4 01-S-10-3 Responsibilities 8.5 01-S-10-3 Review of Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Procedure 8.6 01-S-10-3,5 39 Maintenance and Inventory of Emergency Equipment and Supplies 8.7 01-S-10-3 Educational Information to the Public 8.8 34 News Media Information 9.1 22,23,33 Reentry/Recovery 9.2 23,33 Reentry 9.3 1,22,33 Recovery Appendix A Reserved Appendix B List of supplies Appendix C Reserved Appendix D Letters of Agreement from offsite organizations Appendix E Evacuation Time Estimates 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A-11 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS REFERENCE EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY PLAN' SECTION PROCEDURES PROCEDURES (EPP) COMMENTS Appendix F Index of Supporting Plans Appendix G Reserved Appendix H 34 News Media Emergency Information Program and Public Education and Information Program Appendix I Reserved 1 All emergency plan procedures prefaced with 10-S A -12 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LIST OF PROCEDURES THAT IMPLEMENT THE EMERGENCY PLAN 10-5-01-1 Activation of Emergency Plan (EPP-1)

(EPP-1) Upon recognition that abnormal plant or site conditions exist, this procedure will be used by the operator to determine the appropriate EAL(s), properly classify the emergency condition and action to be taken for the emergency classification.

10-S-01-2 Unusual Event (EPP-2)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-1.

10-S-01-3 Alert (EPP-3)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-1.

10-S-01-4 Site Area Emergency (EPP-4)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-1.

10-S-01-5 General Emergency (EPP-5)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-1.

10-S-01-6 Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel (EPP-6)

This procedure lists the methods of notifying Emergency Organization Personnel; for notifying Federal, State, and local authorities; for notifying outside service agencies; and for keeping the proper communication record.

10-S-01-7 Activation of Emergency Facilities (EPP-7)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-3, 10-S-01-29, 10-S-01-30, and 10-S-01-33 10-S-01-8 Fire (EPP-8)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-03-2 10-S-01-9 Release of Toxic Material (EPP-9)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-1 (EPP-1) and 10-S-01-29 (EPP-29) 10-S-01-10 Natural Occurrences (EPP-10)

DELETED - Superseded by 05-1-02-VI-1, 05-1-02-VI-2, and 05-S-02-VI-3.

10-S-01-11 Evacuation of Onsite Personnel (EPP-11)

This procedure provides the guidelines for evacuation and accountability of personnel during an emergency.

10-S-01-12 Radiological Assessment and Protective Action Recommendations (EPP-12)

This procedure provides guidance for performing radiological assessment during emergencies.

10-S-01-13 Onsite Radiological Monitoring (EPP-13)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-14 (EPP-14) 10-S-01-14 Emergency Radiological Monitoring (EPP-14)

This procedure provides guidelines for performing radiological surveys outside of the restricted area during emergency conditions. Instructions for dose rate measurements and collection and analysis of radioiodines are included.

A - 13 Revision 31 9/96

FSAR LIST OF PROCEDURES THAT IMPLEMENT THE EMERGENCY PLAN 10-S-01-15 Site Access Point Operations (EPP-15)

DELETED 10-S-01-16 Personnel Accountability (EPP-16)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-11 (EPP-11) 10-S-01-17 Emergency Personnel Exposure Control (EPP-17)

This procedure provides guidelines for the issuing dosimetry and RWP access during emergencies.

10-S-01-18 Personnel Search and Rescue (EPP-18)

This procedure provides guidelines for performing search and rescue operations in order to locate and/or rescue individuals that have not been accounted for.

10-S-01-19 Personnel Injury (EPP-19)

This procedure provides for handling those individuals who have been injured and must be transported off site.

10-S-01-20 Administration of Thyroid Blocking Agents (EPP-20)

This procedure provides guidance on the use of potassium iodide as a thyroid blocking agent to prevent thyroid uptake of radioactive iodine and the subsequent dose.

10-S-01-21 Evacuating Personnel and Vehicle Contamination Control (EPP-21)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-11 (EPP-11) 10-S-01-22 Recovery (EPP-22)

This procedure provides guidance for the Recovery phase of on emergency and the formation of a Recovery organization..

10-S-01-23 Reentry (EPP-23)

This procedure provides general guidance for the Reentry phase of on emergency.

10-S-01-24 Maintenance of Emergency Preparedness (EPP-24)

DELETED - Superseded by 01-S-10-5.

10-S-01-25 Onsite Personnel Response (EPP-25)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-11 (EPP-11) 10-S-01-26 Offsite Emergency Response (EPP-26)

This procedure provides instructions for offsite emergency personnel that are ordered to report to the site during an emergency.

10-S-01-27 Public Information (EPP-27)

DELETED - Superseded by 10-S-01-34 10-S-01-28 Control of Designated Emergency Vehicles (EPP-28)

This procedure provides a description of the administrative controls over company-owned A- 14 Revision 39 7/99

GG FSAR LIST OF PROCEDURES THAT IMPLEMENT THE EMERGENCY PLAN vehicles designated for use during an emergency.

10-S-01-29 Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations (EPP-29)

This procedure provides general instructions for the Operations Support Center (OSC) including: facility activation, personnel responsibilities, staffing and coordination of Emergency Response Teams.

10-S-01-30 Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations (EPP-30)

This procedure provides general instructions for the TSC including: facility activation, personnel responsibilities, staffing and coordination between the Control Room, and the Operations Support Center.

10-S-01-33 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operation (EPP-33)

This procedure provides instructions for the activation operation of the EOF.

10-S-01-34 Public Information and ENMC/EIC Operations (EPP-34)

This procedure provides instruction for dissemination of public information and the activation and operation of the ENMC and EIC.

10-S-01-35 Core Damage Assessment (EPP-35)

This procedure provides guidance for determining if core damage may or has occurred, and estimating amount of reactor core damage under accident conditions.

10-S-01-36 Incident Command Post (ICP) Operation This procedure provides general instructions for the activation and operation of the Incident Command Post 10-S-01-37 Communication Drills This procedure provides guidance for performing communication drills.

10-S-01-38 EAL Contingency Planning This document identifies the plant instruments that are the designated indicators of Emergency Action Level (EAL) entry criteria. It then analyzes each primary instrument for backup/alternative indications allowed by the EAL, Instrument redundancy and Correlation between EAL requirements by Operating Mode versus related Tech Spec/TRM/ODCM. This procedure is entered when any of the equipment listed in the attachments is identified to be out of service 10-S-01-39 Grand Gulf Equipment Important to Emergency Preparedness This procedure ensures that when equipment important to emergency response (emergency preparedness [EP] equipment) is removed from service for maintenance or is in a degraded condition, the correct restoration priority is assigned, compensatory measures are implemented, and the equipment is restored to a functional condition promptly.

EN-TQ-110 Emergency Preparedness Training Program This procedure describes and implements training for GGNS ERO to ensure a constant state of preparedness for and during emergencies.

A -15 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LIST OF PROCEDURES THAT IMPLEMENT THE EMERGENCY PLAN 01-S-10-3 Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities This procedure describes the responsibilities and organizational structure of the Emergency Preparedness staff, provides guidance for the overall maintenance of the Emergency Preparedness program, and defines the responsibilities for maintenance and control of the GGNS Emergency Plan.

01-S-10-4 Emergency Preparedness Drills and Exercises This procedure describes the type and frequency of drills and exercise, procedure for conducting a drill or exercise, and method for management review and approval of drills and exercises.

01-S-10-5 Control of Emergency Response Equipment and Facilities This procedure prescribes the requirements for the inventory, inspection, maintenance and operability checks of Emergency Facilities and Equipment.

01-S-10-6 Emergency Response Organization This procedure describes the responsibilities of various site personnel with respect to the Emergency Response Organization (ERO). This procedure also describes minimum staffing requirements for each classifications, site specific positions used to meet staffing requirements, required augmentation times for ERO personnel, requirements for assignment to the ERO, standards for ERO personnel, and notification of ERO.

01-S-01-8 Emergency Preparedness Action Tracking System DELETED - Superseded by 01-S-10-3.

A - 16 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR This appendix contains a list of supplies by general category maintained in the emergency kits and lockers located in the various emergency facilities. Detailed lists of the inventory are maintained in accordance with 01-S-10-5, Control of Emergency Response Equipment and Facilities.

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED IN THE CONTROL ROOM/TSC/OSC/EOF A. Protective Equipment B. Radiological Monitoring Equipment C. Communications Equipment D. Emergency Supplies EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED IN THE BEOF A. Communications Equipment EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT RIVER REGION MEDICAL CENTER I AND CLAIBORNE COUNTY HOSPITAL A. Protective Equipment B. Radiological Monitoring Equipment C. Emergency Supplies B-1 Revision 47 02/02

GG FSAR APPENDIX C Reserved C-1 Revision 23 6/92

APPENDIX D Letters of Agreement

GG FSAR APPENDIX D - LIST OF LETTERS OF AGREEMENT Page No.

U. S. Department of Energy, Oak Ridge Operations D-2 State of Mississippi D-5 State of Louisiana D-6 Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council D-7 Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and D-8 Emergency Preparedness Port Gibson Police Department D-9 Claiborne County Sheriffs Department D-11 Claiborne County Fire Department D-12 Claiborne County Hospital D-13 River Region Medical Center D-15 Text Deleted D- 17 INPO D-19 Text Deleted D-23 Governor's Office of Homeland Security and D-29 Emergency Preparedness The Ochsner Clinic D-34 Metro Ambulance Services (Rural), Inc. D-37 D-1 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Department of Energy ORNL Site Office P.O. Box 2008 Oak Ridge. Tennessee 37831-6269 June 11, 2013 Mr. Alain Grosjean Senior Project Manager Entergy Nuclear 450 Broadway Buchanan, New York 10511

Dear Mr. Grosjean:

LETTER OF AGREEMENT - RADIATION EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE CENTER/TRAINING SITE (REAC/TS) SUPPORT Please reference your letter of May 21, 2013. requesting that the Department of Energy (DOE) REAC/TS facilities and team continue to be available to provide back-up capability and assistance to the Entergy Nuclear's nuclear facilities in the event of a radiological emergency. This response constitutes our agreement to provide this service upon your request. The agreement remains in effect until terminated in writing by either party.

We wish to remind you that our REAC/TS facilities in the Oak Ridge Institute for Science and Education (ORISE) are government controlled and operated by the Oak Ridge Associated Universities under contract with DOE. Therefore, REAC/TS is prohibited from competing with commercial firms that can provide radiological emergency services. Only if the magnitude or uniqueness of a radiological emergency exceeds your in-house and commercially available capabilities would REAC/TS be authorized to provide back-up services.

Since these facilities are government controlled, no fee or retainer is required to assure the availability of back-up services by REAC/TS. However, if you utilize the services of REAC/TS, we should expect to recover those costs that could reasonably be related to handling such an incident, including all charges billed to DOE or ORISE by hospitals and physicians. Information concerning the REAC/TS facilities, staff, services available, and procedures for seeking REAC/~TS assistance can be obtained by direct contact with the REAC/TS Director, Dr. Albert Wiley, ORISE, Post Office Box 117, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831, or telephone number (865) 576-3131.

Sincerely, Michele G. Branton Contracting Officer's Representative D- 2 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D-3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D-4 Revision 51 02/04

GG FSAR I

PHIL BRYANT GOVERNOR October 16,2012 Mike Perito Vice President Operations Grand Gulf Nuclear Station P.O. Box 756 Port Gibson, Mississippi 39150

Dear Mr. Perito:

Radiological, security and other emergencies could occur at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station and pose threats to the people of the State of Mississippi and jeopardize the safety of plant employees.

As Governor of the State of Mississippi, I assure you that in the event of an emergency at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, I will exercise my authority to provide assistance as delineatcd in the Mississippi Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan, Volume III, of the Mississippi Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan.

This letter may be made part of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, and may be used to indicate a commitment by the State of Mississippi to respond to an emergency at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station.

Governor cc: Robert R. Latham, Jr.,

STATE OF MISSISSIPPI - OFFICE OF THE GOVERNOR POST OFFICE BOX 139 v JACKSON, MISSISSIPPI 39205 o TELEPHONE& (601)359-3t5C

  • FAX: (601) 359-3741. www.govemewbtryant.co D 5 Revision 70 09/13

GG LOA No. 10008476 FSAR March 3, 2008 Page 1 of 4 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the MISSISSIPPI EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY This re-stated Letter of Agreement hereby supercedes and replaces Letter of Agreement No. 10008476 dated October 24, 2002 between Entergy Operations, Inc. and the Mississippi Emergency Management Agency.

In regard to the preparation, maintenance, and implementation of the Emergency Plan required by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Entergy Operations, Inc. (Entergy Operations), acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf) , and the Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA), acting on behalf of the State of Mississippi, undertake and agree as follows:

MEMA will maintain the Mississippi Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan, Vol III, of the Mississippi Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan, prepared pursuant to the Letter of Agreement between the parties dated June 3, 1981, for the State of Mississippi and approved by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and will provide assistance to Entergy Operations and will support the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan, as required by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, in the following areas:

A. MEMA shall provide overall coordination of emergency management arrangements between Entergy Operations and various Mississippi state agencies and local governments, which are providing assistance to Entergy Operations in the event of an emergency at Grand Gulf.

B. MEMA shall assist in maintaining the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan and in conducting a program of training for the State and local personnel involved in providing emergency assistance to Entergy Operations.

C. MEMA shall maintain and operate a communications system necessary for the effective implementation of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan.

D. MEMA shall ensure evacuation signs are available as necessary for the effective implementation of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan.

D -5a Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008476 Page 2 of 4 E. MEMA agrees to take whatever additional action and to provide additional services, as Entergy Operations shall reasonably request, in the implementation of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan. Ifit is determined that Entergy Operations' request for additional services is-unreasonable due to excessive costs or due to the fact that the additional services differ materially from other services performed under this Agreement, then MEMA shall have no obligation to perform such services unless the parties mutually agree upon an equitable adjustment and modify this Agreement accordingly.

A. MEMA agrees to provide the above described assistance and support, and Entergy Operations agrees to provide MEMA, in consideration thereof, an amount of money, not to exceed

$266,250 per year as allocated to MEMA and county governments as shown on Attachment A hereto. Distribution to MEMA will be made on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year and paid directly to the counties on an annual basis. These funds shall be used to cover the actual expenses incurred by state agencies and local governments in support of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan.

B. MEMA and local governments agree to keep and maintain detailed records of expenses incurred in support of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan. Such records shall be in auditable form and will be subject to audit by Entergy Operations at any time within a five-year period following expenditures.

III All of the equipment and facilities purchased pursuant to this or any previous Agreement shall remain the property of the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station.

IV Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of Grand Gulf which has an estimated forty (40) year operational design life. Entergy Operations may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice. Ifthe parties are unable to negotiate and equitable adjustment for changed conditions in accordance with Article V,MEMA may terminate this agreement by giving Entergy Operations thirty (30) days prior written notice.

D -5b Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008476 Page 3 of 4 V

The Parties recognize that MEMA's performance of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner and for the amounts of money set forth herein, is predicated upon conditions prevailing on the effective date of this Agreement. The conditions referred to include, but are not limited to, economic and monetary conditions, and conditions resulting from actions created by governmental authorities, laws, and regulations in force on and after the date of this Agreement. Ifit is mutually determined that such conditions change so as to materially differ from such conditions existing on the effective date of this Agreement, and significantly impair or make economically impractical the ability of MEMA to fulfill its obligations hereunder, then an equitable adjustment will be negotiated by the parties and the costs and other applicable terms of this Agreement will be modified accordingly.

Accepted and Agreed ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., MISSISSIPPI EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT as Agent for the Owners AGENCY By: Z~4~

I 4L By:

Title:

Title:

Vice President, Operations Date: 3 .:?009 Date:

'9/ /'~

D -5c Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR LETTER OF AGREEMENT NO. 10008476 CHANGE ORDER NO. 15 THIS CHANGE ORDER is issued pursuant to Letter of Agreement No. 10008476 effective October 24, 2002 between Entergy Operations, Inc. ("Entergy Operations") and Mississippi Emergency Management Agency ("Contractor"). Inasmuch as it has been agreed to by both parties concerned, the following changes are hereby incorporated into the Letter of Agreement No. 10008476 effective August 28, 2013.

1. Paragraph II.A of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

"A. MEMA agrees to provide the above described assistance and support, and Entergy Operations agrees to provide MEMA, in consideration thereof, an amount of money, not to exceed

$269,100.00 per year as allocated to MEMA and county governments as shown on Attachment A hereto. Distribution to MEMA will be made on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year and paid directly to the counties on an annual basis. These funds shall be used to cover the actual expenses incurred by state agencies and local governments in support of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan."

2. Replace Attachment A with the new Attachment A, Annual Funding Distribution & Schedule, attached hereto and made part of the Letter of Agreement.

All other terms and conditions, except as duly modified by this Change Order, shall remain in full force and effect.

Accepted and Agreed to:

ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., MISSISSIPPI)JMERGENCY MANAGEMENT as Agent for tho Owners //AGENCY 40.

By: , . . _' By:

Title:

Sr. Procurement Specialist, Contracts

Title:

Date: September 4,2013 Date:

D -5d Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR ATTACHMENT A ANNUAL FUNDING DISTRIBUTION & SCHEDULE MEMA / Annual January 1 $67,275.00 April 1 $67,275.00 July 1 $67,275.00 October 1 $67,275.00 Total Annual Funding $269,100.00 Annual Totals to be given to the Risk and Host counties:

Claiborne County / annual $21,600.00 Adams County / annual $7,200.00 Copiah County / annual $9,600.00 Hinds County / annual $7,200.00 Warren County / annual $7,200.00 D - 5e Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR BOBIBY JINDAL *tate of 1ouigiana KiEVIN DAVIS GOVERN~OR Governor's Office of Homeland Security DIRECTOR and Emergency Preparedness May 8, 2013 Mr. Kevin Mulligan Vice President of Operations Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Post Office Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150

Dear Mr. Mulligan:

I am fully aware that emergencies (radiological, security, etc.) could occur at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. These emergencies could pose a threat to the people of the State of Louisiana.

As Director of Emergency Management for the State of Louisiana, I assure you that in the event of an emergency at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, I will exercise my authority to provide assistance as delineated in the Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Plan for the health and safety of Louisiana citizens.

This letter may be part of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan and may be used as an indication of the commitment by the State of Louisiana to respond to an emergency at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Sincerely, Kevin Davis 7667 Indcrxendeknce Boulevird

  • Baton ROURIC.,

L~oi.sis~nm 70806 - (225) 925-7500 - Rix (225) 925-7501 D-6 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008488 October 24, 2002 Page 1 of 2 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the PORT GIBSON/CLAIBORNE COUNTY CIVIL DEFENSE COUNCIL This re-stated Letter of Agreement hereby supercedes and replaces the Agreement (NGSM1 148) between Entergy Operations, Inc. and the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council dated July 16, 2002 as amended.

In regard to the protection of the residents of Port Gibson and Claibome County, Mississippi in the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Entergy Operations, Inc. (Entergy Operations), acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf), and the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council undertake and agree as follows:

Entergy Operations shall be responsible for:

All onsite operations relating to an incident at Grand Gulf; Notification of the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council during declared emergencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Providing training for appropriate local offsite support agencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Inviting the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council to participate in all exercises; Reviewing the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Radiological Emergency Plan as requested; and, Disseminating a Public Information publication to the residents of the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan.

10008488 D-7 Revision 49 03/03

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008488 Page 2 of 2 II In the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council shall be responsible for:

Implementation of the Port Gibson/Claibome County Radiological Emergency Plan; Activation of the Port Gibson/Claibome County Emergency Operations Center (EOC);

Initiation of protective actions for Claibome County, including GGNS site property located outside the GGNS Emergency Preparedness Owner Controlled Area, based on the emergency classification of the incident; and, I

Coordination of additional emergency actions as may be necessary.

III Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of Grand Gulf which has an estimated forty (40) year operations design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and Agreed ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., PORT GIBSON/CLAIBORNE COUNTY CIVIL as Agent for the Owners DEFENSE COUNCIL

Title:

Vice President, Operations By:_

Title:

L, Date: Date:

10008488 D-7a Revision 49 03/03

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008371/02 June 1, 2004 Page 1 of 2 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the TENSAS PARISH OFFICE OF HOMELAND SECURITY AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS This re-stated Letter of Agreement replaces the existing Agreement dated April 1, 1999 and Amendment No. 01 thereto, dated March 1, 1999.

In regard to the protection of the residents of Tensas Parish, Louisiana in the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Entergy Operations, Inc. (Entergy Operations),

acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf), and the Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness undertake and agree as follows:

I Entergy Operations shall be responsible for:

All onsite operations relating to an incident at Grand Gulf; Notification of the Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness during declared emergencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Providing training for appropriate local offsite support agencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Inviting the Tensas Parish Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness to participate in all exercise; Reviewing the Tensas Parish Radiological Emergency Plan as requested; and, Disseminating a Public Information publication to the residents of the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan.

II In the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf the Tensas Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness shall be responsible for Implementation of the Tensas Parish Radiological Emergency Plan; Activation of the Tensas Parish Emergency Operations Center (EOC);

Initiation of protective actions based on the emergency classification of the incident; and, Coordination of additional emergency actions as may be necessary.

D-8 Revision 52 07/04

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008371/03 June 1,2004 Page 2 of 2 Ill Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of Grand Gulf, which has an estimated forty (40) year operations design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and Agreed:

ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., TENSAS PARISH OFFICE OF as Agent for System Energy HOMELAND SECURITY AND Resources, Inc. and South EMERGENCY Mississippi Electric Power Association PREPAREDNESS By = By: 2a 4&"

Title:

Title:

/

Date: 6 ////q,, 2 q Date: 615)0' f D -8a Revision 52 07/04

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008370 April 1, 1994 AMENDMENT NO. 02 to the LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the PORT GIBSON POLICE DEPARTMENT This restated Letter of Agreement, in regard to the protection of the residents of Port Gibson and Claibome County, Mississippi in the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Entergy Operations, Inc. (Entergy Operations), acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf), and the Port Gibson Police Department undertake and agree as follows:

Entergy Operations shall be responsible for:

All onsite operations relating to an incident at Grand Gulf; Providing training for appropriate local offsite support agencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; and, Inviting the Port Gibson Police Department to participate in all exercises.

D-9 Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008370 Page 2 of 2 II In the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf the Port Gibson Police Department shall be responsible for:

Assisting in traffic control; Providing back-up communications as necessary; Initiating protective actions as required; Coordinating the evacuation of personnel within the Port Gibson city limits as necessary; and, Coordinating additional emergency actions as may be necessary.

III Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of Grand Gulf which has an estimated forty (40) year operations design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and Agreed ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., PORT GIBSON POLICE DEPARTMENT as Agent for the Owners By: By: C.j

Title:

Title:

ý2'

=/-

Date: 7 Date:

D-94l Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR LOA NUMBER: NGS00060/01 EFFECTIVE DATE: March 1, 1999 AMENDMENT NO. 01 to the LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the PORT GIBSON POLICE DEPARTMENT This Amendment is issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of Agreement No.

NGS00060 (formerly G-3908) effective April 1, 1994 by and between Entergy Operations, Inc.

(Entergy Operations) and the Port Gibson Police Department. Inasmuch as it has been agreed to by both parties concerned, the following change is hereby incorporated into the Agreement.

The effective date of this Change Order is November 18, 1998:

1) The following new Section IV,Year 2000 Warranty, is hereby added to the Agreement:

IV Ifthe Port Gibson Police Department, in providing materials and/or services to Entergy Operations under this Agreement in any way uses or relies upon any hardware, software, or firmware of the Port Gibson Police Department, and/or materials of services to one or more third parties, that is dependent in any manner on the use of date-related data (collectively, the "Support Items"), the Port Gibson Police Department will ensure that such Support Items are Year 2000 Compliant. Ifthe Port Gibson Police Department is or becomes aware that any Support Item is not Year 2000 Compliant, the Port Gibson Police Department shall immediately notify Entergy Operations in writing of such noncompliance without delay. Without limiting any other remedies Entergy Operations has under this Agreement or by law, the Port Gibson Police Department agrees to work diligently to correct any such noncompliance at no cost to Entergy Operations and to a schedule satisfactory to Entergy Operations.

D-9b Revision 39 7/99

GG FSAR All other terms and cwndltlons, except a3 duly modified by.thl ,hanoe Order, 5ha60 temair iMfull force and effect.

Aocapted and Agreed:

ENTEF- ýGY OPERATIONS, INC., as Agent PORT GIBSON POLICE forsSy !ern Ererw. Resourcea, Inc. and DEPARMkENT SOOt sljsa.ppi Electaro.Power Association

Title:

.1 r -m 0 K A/oi/9 *. ,, ,

D - 9c Revision 39 7/99

GG FSAR The Claibome Count Sheriff Department Letter Agreement dated September 3, 1998, which details support for an emergency involving GGNS, is on file in accordance with federal regulations dealing with protection of informa-tion concerning the physical security system at a nuclear power plant, NUREG-0794 (10CFR73.21).

D - 10 Revision 49 03/03

GG FSAR LOA No. G-3762 July 1, 1993 ORIGINAL Page 1 of 2 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the CLAIBORNE COUNTY SHERIFF's DEPARTMENT In regard to the protection of the residents of Claiborne County, Mississippi in the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC. (Entergy Operations), acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf), and the CLAIBORNE COUNTY SHERIFF's DEPARTMENT undertake and agree as follows:

I Entergy Operations shall be responsible for:

All onsite operations relating to an incident at Grand Gulf; Notification of the Claibome County Sheriff's Department during declared emergencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Providing training for appropriate local offsite support agencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Inviting the Claibome County Sheriff's Department to participate in all exercises; Maintaining a two-way radio at the Claiborne County Sheriff's Department to provide a backup means of communication with Grand Gulf; Reviewing the Port Gibson/Claibome County Radiological Emergency Plan as requested; and, Disseminating a Public Information publication to the residents of the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan.

/G.3702 D-11 Revision 25 12/93

GG FSAR LOA No. G-3762 Page 2 of 2 II In the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf the Claiborne County Sheriff's Department shall be responsible for:

Implementation of the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Emergency Operations Plan as soon as possible after notification; Initiation of protective actions based on the emergency classification of the incident; and, Coordination of additional emergency actions as may be necessary.

IU Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of Grand Gulf which has an estimated forty (40) year operations design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and Agreed ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., CLAIBORNE COUNTY SHERIFF's DEPARTMENT as Agent for the Owners By:

Title:

&.-ws C Til Date: _ Date:

G-3762 Revision 25 12/93 D - Ila

GG FSAR LOA No. G-3909 April 1, 1994 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the CLAIBORNE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT In regard to the protection of the residents of Port Gibson and Claiborne County, Mississippi in the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Entergy Operations, Inc. (Entergy Operations), acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf), and the Claibome County Fire Department undertake and agree as follows:

Entergy Operations shall be responsible for:

All onsite operations relating to an incident at Grand Gulf; Notification of the Port Gibson/Claiborne County Civil Defense Council during declared emergencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; Providing training for appropriate local offsite support agencies in accordance with the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan; and, Inviting the Claiborne County Fire Department to participate in annual fire drills.

II In the event of a nuclear incident at Grand Gulf the Claiborne County Fire Department shall be responsible for:

Dispatching men and equipment as available to fight fires; Assisting local law enforcement officials in evacuation; Maintaining fire protection surveillance; and, Assisting in decontamination, as necessary.

G-3909 - I-D - 12 Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR LOA No. G-3909 Page 2 of 2 Ill Entergy Operations will, to the extent possible, fill Self Contained Breathing Apparatus bottles for the Claiborne County Fire Department. This service will be coordinated through a representative designated by Entergy Operations. Entergy Operations will only fill those bottles with a current hydrostatic test date and that exhibit no signs of damage.

IV Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of Grand Gulf which has an estimated forty (40) year operations design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and Agreed ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., CLAIBORNE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT as Agent for the Owpers ,, 1 A aty: By:

Title:

Date: '-- Date:

0-3900 D - 12 a Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008493-06 January 19, 2009 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and the CLAIBORNE COUNTY HOSPITAL (Note: Amendment 05 was internal to Entergy Operations.)

This restated Letter of Agreement (designated as Change Order 06 to Change Order

04) is issued to reflect the change in name from Patient's Choice Medical Center of Claiborne County to Claiborne County Hospital.

In regard to the treatment and care of radioactively contaminated/injured individuals Entergy Operations, Inc., acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station

("Entergy Operations"), and Claiborne County Hospital ("Claiborne County Hospital')

undertake and agree as follows in this restated Letter of Agreement:

A. The Claiborne County Hospital will accept and treat injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that are radioactively contaminated or overexposed as a result of an incident during the operation of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. As a minimum, the Claibome County Hospital will maintain the capability and facilities to provide decontamination, first aid and emergency medical treatment of injured or ill Grand Gulf Nuclear Station personnel that are radioactively contaminated or overexposed. These services and facilities will be available 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day. Patients may be transferred to another hospital should the treatment required extend beyond the capabilities of the Claibome County Hospital.

B. The Claiborne County Hospital will, with Entergy Operations assistance, develop and maintain the procedures to be followed by the hospital personnel in admitting radioactively contaminated/exposed personnel.

C. Entergy Operations will supply to the Claiborne County Hospital an emergency kit containing supplies not normally stocked by the hospital, and necessary to treat contaminated personnel. This emergency kit will be maintained by Entergy Operations. The Claibome County Hospital will provide storage space for the kit and use it as directed in the procedures developed pursuant to Paragraph 1.B above.

D. Entergy Operations will provide training on treatment and decontamination of radioactively contaminated individuals for the Claiborne County Hospital personnel on an annual basis at a time and location mutually agreeable to both parties.

E. The Claiborne County Hospital will participate in the emergency drills designed to test the competence of the emergency planning for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. These drills will be scheduled on dates and at times mutually agreeable to both parties.

1bOOO493-08 ClalbaoM Cowty HOSpLia - I- GGNS D - 13 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008493-06 Page 2 of 2 If A. Charges for the services specified in Section I.A. above will be paid to the Claiborne County Hospital by Entergy Operations on the basis of the standard fee charged by the Claibome County Hospital for each service provided.

B. The Claiborne County Hospital will submit invoices to Entergy Operations when services as provided by this Agreement have been rendered. Such invoices shall reference the Agreement No. shown on the first page of this Agreement and shall be mailed to: Entergy Operations, Inc., P. 0. Box 756, Port Gibson, MS 39150, Attn: Accounts Payable -

Contracts.

ill A. If the Claiborne County Hospital, in providing services to Entergy Operations under this Agreement, in any way uses or relies upon any hardware, software, or firmware of the Claiborne County Hospital, and/or materials or services of one or more third parties, that is dependent in any manner on the use of date-related data (collectively, the "Support Items"), the Claiborne County Hospital shall ensure that such Support Items are Year 2000 Compliant. If the Claibome County Hospital is or becomes aware that any Support Item is not Year 2000 Compliant, the Claibome County Hospital shall immediately notify Entergy Operations in writing of such noncompliance without delay. The Claibome County Hospital agrees to work diligently to correct any such noncompliance at no cost to Entergy Operations and to a schedule satisfactory to Entergy Operations.

B. Unless terminated in accordance with this Paragraph Ill.B, this Agreement will remain in effect through the operational term of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which has an estimated forty (40) year operational design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and agreed to:

ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., CLAIBORNE COUNTY HOSPITAL as Agent for the Owners By: O, - .. C

.. ,,p" , By:

Title:

Sr. Procurement Specialist. Contracts

Title:

7 i7 7~

Date: June 7, 2013 Date:

1008493W-06 CUibMme County HosMtW -2. GGNS D-14 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LOA No. NGS00807 Effective Date: February 17, 2002 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and VICKSBURG HEALTHCARE LLC, d/b/a RIVER REGION HEALTH SYSTEM This Letter Of Agreement No. NGS00807 supercedes and replaces Letter of Agreement No. NGSM1 190/01, dated January 20, 2000.

In regard to the treatment and care of radioactively contaminated/injured individuals Entergy Operations, Inc., acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station

("Entergy Operations"), and Vicksburg HealthCare LLC, d/b/a River Region Health System (hereinafter -The Medical Center") undertake and agree as follows:

A. The Medical Center will accept and treat injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that are radioactively contaminated or overexposed as a result of an incident during the operation of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. As a minimum, The Medical Center will maintain the capability and facilities to provide decontamination, first aid and emergency medical treatment of injured or ill Grand Gulf Nuclear Station personnel that are radioactively contaminated or overexposed. These services and facilities will be available 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day.

Patients may be transferred to another hospital should the treatment required extend beyond the capabilities of The Medical Center.

B. The Medical Center will, with Entergy Operations assistance, develop and maintain the procedures to be followed by the hospital personnel in admitting radioactively contaminated/exposed personnel.

C. Entergy Operations will supply to The Medical Center an emergency kit containing supplies not normally stocked by the hospital, and necessary to treat contaminated personnel. This emergency kit will be maintained by Entergy Operations. The Medical Center will provide storage space for the kit and use it as directed in the procedures developed pursuant to Paragraph 1.B above.

D. Entergy Operations will provide training on treatment and decontamination of radioactively contaminated individuals for The Medical Center personnel on an annual basis at a time and location mutually agreeable to both parties.

NG00W D - 15 Revision 47 02/02

GG FSAR LOA No. NGS00807 Page 2 of 2 E. The Medical Center will participate in emergency drills designed to test the competence of the emergency planning for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. These drills will be scheduled on dates and at times mutually agreeable to both parties.

II A. Charges for the services specified in Section I.A. above will be paid to The Medical Center by Entergy Operations on the basis of the standard fee charged by The Medical Center for each service provided.

B. The Medical Center will submit invoices to Entergy Operations when services as provided by this Agreement have been rendered. Such invoices shall reference the Agreement No. shown on the first page of this Agreement and shall be mailed to: Site Business Management, Entergy Operations, Inc., P. 0. Box 756, Port Gibson, MS 39150.

III Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect through the operational term of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which has an estimated forty (40) year operational design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and agreed:

ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., VICKSBURG HEALTHCARE LLC, d/b/a as Agent for System Energy RIVER REGION HEALTH SYSTEM Resources, Inc. and South Mississippi Electric Power Association By: _________- By:

Title:

Vice President, Operations - GGNS Tite: C( p~~Oc-nate: 7c% -'

?6z, Data: FeQ- I I

&O)

D-16 Revision 47 02/02 NGS00807

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D- 17 Revision 47 02/02

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D -18 Revision 47 02/02

GG FSAR G Institute of suite 100 INPO, Nuclear Power Operattons 700 Galearia Parkway. SE Atlanta, GA 30339-5943 770-644-8000 FAX 770-644-8549 October 30, 201.2

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter certifies that the plant emergency assistance agreement between INPO and its member utilities remains in effect. In the event of an emergency at your utility, INPO will assist you in acquiring the help of other organizations in the industry, as described in Section 1 of the Emergency Resources Manual, INPO 03-001, and in the United States Nuclear Industry Response Framework. If requested, INPO will provide the Ibllowing assistance:

  • coordinate technical information flow :from the affected utility to the nuclear industry and government agencies
  • coordinate the procurement and shipping of equipment and supplies
  • locate personnel with technical expertise
  • facilitate industry vendor and commercial supplier support
  • obtain technical information and industry operating experience regarding plant components and systems
  • provide an INPO liaison to facilitate interface This agreement will remain in effect until terminated in writing. Should you have any questions, please call Steve Meng at (770) 644-8548 or e-mail at MengSW@inpo.org.

Sincerely, Jeffrey T. Gasser Vice President Emergency Response JTG:cjm D - 19 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D-20 Revision 37 9/98

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 21 Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 22 Revision 26 6/94

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 23 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 24 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETE D - 25 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETE D - 26 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETE D - 27 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D-28 Revision 57 09/06

GG Grand Gulf Nuclear Station 7003 Bald Hill Road FSAR PO Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150 LOA No. 10008376/04 January 1, 2012 LETTER OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

AND GOVERNOR'S OFFICE OF HOMELAND SECURITY AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS (GOHSEP)

Be it known, on this Id day of Januar-Y 2012 the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "GOHSEP") and the Entergy Operations, Inc. P. O. Box 756, Port Gibson, MS 39150 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "Entergy Operations") do hereby enter into a Letter of Agreement under the following conditions.

This re-stated Letter of Agreement (LOA) replaces the existing Agreement dated August 29, 2006, re-stated LOA dated, June 1, 2004, and the original Agreement dated April I, 1996 thereto. The following constitutes an agreement between Entergy Operations, acting as agent for the owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS),

and the GOHSEP in regards to support of the emergency preparednesi efforts of GGNS. The parties undertake and agree as follows:

I DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES On an on-going basis, GOHSEP agrees to provide the following services:.

A. GOHSEP will maintain adequate and well trained staff to provide 24/7 Communications Desk Operations and response capability, serving as the primary warning point for notification of fixed nuclear facility emergencies.

B. GOHSEP will provide a full-time professional level staff member to conduct, as appropriate, radiological emergency preparedness training for local and Louisiana state personnel.

C. GOHSEP will participate in drills, exercises and exercise scenario development, and will serve as an exercise evaluator/controller in support of GGNS as these activities are conducted throughout the year.

D. GOHSEP will develop, coordinate and maintain Louisiana state level implementing procedures which address Louisiana state response to a Fixed Nuclear Facility (FNF) emergency.

E. GOHSEP will provide response to actual events as requested by the GGNS, or as required by law, the Federa! Emergency Mag---ýent Agency *(EMA.. a d,, h Unied Statee Hukcar Regulat"ry Commission (NRC).

F. GOHSEP will provide annual calibrations and non-technical maintenance to all radiation detection equipment furnished to the local Off Site Response Organizations by the GGNS.

II PAYMENT TERMS A. GOHSEP agrees to provide the above described assistance and support and Entergy Operations agrees to provide to GOHSEP, in consideration thereof the sum of S63AZ!566 per year. Entergy Operations shall make equal payments of 515,M39.16 per quarter to GOHSBP at the beginning of each quarter, except the initial payment which will be made within thirty (30) days following execution of this Agreement.

B. GOHSEP shall submit quarterly invoices, referencing Agreement No. 10008376, at least thirty (30) days prior to the start of each quarter. Such invoices shall be mailed to:

Site Business Management Entergy Operations, Inc.

P. 0. Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150 Page I of 2 D - 29 Revision 68 08/12

GG Grand Gulf Nuclear Station

% 70%EnteW

-Ný FSAR 7003 Bald Hill Road PO Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150 LOA No. 10008376/04 January 1, 2012 ill TERMINATION A_ Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect throughout the operational term of GGNS which has an estimated forty (40) years operational design life.

B. Either party nay terminate this Agreement upon one hundred twenty (120) days written notice to the other. In the event of termination, GOHSEP, subsequent to its recent of any quarterly payment as specified in Paragraph II above, shall return to Entergy Operations a pro-rats portion of such compensation, based on GOHSEP's costs actually incurred pursuant to the Agreement prior to the termination.

IV PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE The Parties recognize GOHSEP's performance of its obligation under this Agreement in the manner and in the amounts set forth, is predicated upon conditions prevailing on the effective date of this Agreement. The conditions referred to include, but are not limited to, economics and monetary conditions, and conditions created by actions of governmental authorities, laws and regulations on the date of this Agreement. If it is mutually determined that conditions change so as to materially differ from such conditions eisting on the effective date of this Agreement and threaten to significantly impair or to make economically impractical the ability to GOHSEP to fulfill its contractual obligations hereunder, then an equitable adjustment will be negotiated by the parties and compensation and other applicable terms of this Agreement will be modified in writing.

V TERM OF AGREEMENT This Agreement will be effective on the V' day of January. 2012. and will remain in effect hercafter, unless the terms are negotiated and agreed to in writing by both parties based on changes as described in Paragraph IV above.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

ENTERGY OPERATIGNS, INC. GOVERNOR'S OFFICE OF HOMELAND as Agent for Entergy Mississippi SECURITY AND EMERGENCY and S ElecricPower Association PREPAREDNEPS OF THE STATE OF LOWA4A By:._

By:

Print Name:__________ PrintName: i ___________

____i Tifle- -Aicq- ~ r~"

Title:

Z 6T4 C Date: Date- 7L.

2OWr2 eG%'Se 9p Pao 2 of 2 D -30 Revision 68 08/12

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 31 Revision 68 08/12

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 32 Revision 27 10/94

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 33 Revision 27 10/94

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008477/05 February 19, 2013 Page 1 of 2 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and OCHSNER CLINIC FOUNDATION This Letter of Agreement supersedes and cancels Agreement No. 10008477/04 dated June 1, 2004 between the parties, including all amendments thereto.

In regard to the transportation and treatment of injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (Grand Gulf), Entergy Operations, Inc. (Entergy Operations), acting as agent for the Owners, and the Ochsner Clinic Foundation (OCF) undertake and agree as follows:

A. OCF will accept and treat injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station whether or not they are radioactively contaminated or overexposed, provided that the maximum contamination does not exceed 5R/hr at one (1) meter from the patient. As a minimum, OCF shall maintain the capability and facilities to provide decontamination, first aid, and emergency medical treatment to injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. These services and facilities will be available 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day. Patients may be transferred from OCF to another hospital should the treatment required as a result of the injury extend beyond the capabilities of the Ochsner Clinic Foundation.

B. OCF will accept, via the appropriate helicopter carrier, Injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Claiborne County Hospital, or River Region Medical Center.

It will be left to these facilities to determine the helicopter carrier, D - 34 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR LOA No. 10008477/05 February 19, 2013 Page 2 of 2 II A. Entergy Operations.shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of OCF's billed fees for the services specified In this Letter of Agreement within thirty (30) days following receipt of OCF's invoice(s).

B. OCF will submit invoices to Entergy Operations when services as provided by this Agreement have been rendered. Such invoices shall reference the Agreement No.

shown on the first page of this Agreement and shall be mailed to: Site Business Management, Entergy Operations, Inc. P.O. Box 756, Port Gibson, MS 39150.

C. If Ochsner's emergency room or hospital is on patient diversion due to exceeding their patient treatment capacity Ochsner has the right to refuse care under this agreement.

III Unless terminated in accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will remain in effect through the operational term of Grand Gulf Nuclear which has an estimated forty (40) year operational design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other.

Accepted and agreed:

ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., OCHSNER CLINIC FOUNDATION as Agent for the Owners Alexander H. e By:

Fletcher le:Date2013.02.19 ea 09.41W -W Dtcn=AtelranderHFkkt'he ,o,a, By:

Title:

Titl*

Sr. Procurement Specialist - Contracts e:A Date: fl-I.

.dLU.

February 19, 2013 d-Z 026 _,7703 D - 35 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR TEXT DELETED D - 36 Revision 53 02/05

GG FSAR LOA No. 10195761 Page 1 of 3 LETTER OF AGREEMENT between ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

and METRO AMBULANCE SERVICE (RURAL), INC., D/B/A AMERICAN MEDICAL

RESPONSE

In regard to the transportation and treatment of radioactively contaminated/injured individuals, Entergy Operations, Inc., acting as agent for the Owners of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ("Entergy Operations"), and Metro Ambulance Service (Rural), Inc., d/b/a American Medical Response ("AMR ") undertake and agree as follows:

A. AMR will provide, when requested by Entergy Operations, ambulance service to treat and transport injured or ill personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station to the Claiborne County (Mississippi) Hospital or other local hospitals.

B. AMR will, with Entergy Operations assistance, develop and maintain procedures to be followed by AMR personnel when transporting radioactively contaminated personnel from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station.

C. AMR will maintain radio communications with local hospitals and will respond to calls for assistance at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station forwarded by those hospitals for Entergy Operations.

D. AMR agrees to comply with all applicable Grand Gulf Nuclear Station security and radio communications procedures. Entergy Operations will provide copies of applicable procedures and will brief AMR personnel on applicable portions of those procedures.

E. AMR agrees that, upon request, Entergy Operations Health Physics personnel may accompany, in AMR's ambulance(s), Entergy Operations personnel being transported by AMR.

F. Entergy Operations will provide training on the treatment and decontamination of radioactively contaminated individuals for AMR personnel on an annual basis at a time and location mutually agreeable to both parties.

D -37 Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR LOA No. 10195761 Page 2 of 3 G. AMR will participate in emergency drills designed to test the competence of the emergency planning for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. These drills will be scheduled on dates and at times mutually agreeable to both parties.

11 A. Charges for the services specified in Section L.A above will be paid to AMR by Entergy Operations on the basis of the standard fee charged by AMR for each service provided.

B. Entergy Operations will reimburse AMR for a temporary replacement ambulance while any AMR ambulance used to provide services under this Agreement is inoperative due to clean-up and decontamination after transporting a patient from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. Entergy Operations will reimburse AMR for a permanent replacement ambulance if any AMR is rendered permanently inoperative due to contamination from the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. Until such time as a replacement ambulance becomes available, Entergy Operations agrees to reimburse AMR for any lost transport revenues.

C. AMR will submit invoices to Entergy Operations when services as provided by this Agreement have been rendered. Such invoices shall reference Agreement No. 10195761 and shall be mailed to: Site Business Management, Entergy Operations, Inc., P. 0. Box 756, Port Gibson, MS 39150.

III A. AMR agrees to at all times to carry at least the minimum standards of insurance as set forth by the Department of EMS of Mississippi for ambulances; to include General Liability, Medical Malpractice, Workers' Compensation and Automotive Liability coverages.

IV A. AMR agrees to notify the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Office of Emergency Preparedness within two (2) workings days of the termination of AMR's contract with the Claiborne County Hospital.

B. Unless terminated in accordance with thisSection IV.B, this Agreement will remain in effect through the operational term of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which has an estimated forty (40) year operations design life. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other.

D - 38 Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR Loa No. 10195761 Page 3 of 3 V

A. Compliance. The parties will comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations including, the federal Anti-kickback statute.

B. Compliance Program and Code of Conduct. AMR has made available to each party a copy of its Code of Conduct, Anti-kickback policies and other compliance policies, as may be changed from time-to-time, at AMR's web site, located at:

www.amr.net, and each party acknowledges receipt of such documents. AMR warrants that its personnel shall comply with AMR's compliance policies, including training related to the Anti-kickback Statute.

C. Non-Exclusion. Each party represents and certifies that neither it nor any practitioner who orders or provide Services on its behalf hereunder has been convicted of any conduct that constitutes grounds for marfdatory exclusion as identified in 42 U.S.C.§ 1320a-7(a). Each party further represents and certifies that it is not ineligible to participate in Federal health care programs or in any other state or federal government payment program. Each party agrees that ifDHHS/OIG excludes it, or any of its practitioners or employees who order or provide Services, from participation in Federal health care programs, the party must notify the other party within five (5) days of knowledge of such fact, and the other party may immediately terminate this Agreement, unless the excluded party is a practitioner or employee who immediately discontinues ordering or providing Services hereunder.

D. Referrals. It is not the intent of either party that any remuneration, benefit or privilege provided for under the Agreement shall influence or in any way be based on the referral or recommended referral by either party of patients to the other party or its affiliated providers, if any, or the purchasing, leasing or ordering of any services other than the specific services described in this Agreement. Any payments specified herein are consistent with what the parties reasonably believe to be a fair market value for the services provided.

Accepted and Agreed:

ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., METRO AMBULANCE SERVICE (RURAL),

as Agent for the Owners INC., DIBIA AMERICAN MEDICAL RESPONSE

/~ ý By

Title:

Vice President, Operations -

By:

Title:

Gg eral Manager GGNS Date: _ "_ _ _ _.,_

__/0 _Date: _ _ _ _!_ _

D- 39 Revision 60 07/08

GG FSAR APPENDIX E Executive Summary of the Evacuation Time Estimates For Grand Gulf Nuclear Station November 2012 The entire Evacuation Time Estimates Study can be found in GIN 2013/00190.

E-ii Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR EXECUTIVE

SUMMARY

This report describes the analyses undertaken and the results obtained by a study to develop Evaluation time Estimates (ETE) for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS) located in Claibome County, Mississippi. ETE are part of the required planning basis and provide Entergy and State and local govemments with site-specific information needed for Protective Action decision-making.

In the performance of this effort, guidance is provided by documents published by Federal Governmental agencies. Most important of these are:

  • Criteria for Development of Evacuation Time Estimate Studies, NUREG/CR-7002, November 2011.

0 Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants, NUREG 0654/FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1, November 1980.

  • Development of Evacuation Time Estimates for Nuclear Power Plants, NUREG/CR-6863, January 2005.
  • 10CFR50, Appendix E - "Emergency Planning and Preparedness for Production and Utilization Facilities" Overview of Proiect Activities This project began in April, 2012 and extended over a period of six months. The major activities performed are briefly described in chronological sequence:
  • Attended "kick-off' meetings with Entergy personnel, and emergency management personnel representing state and local governments.
  • Accessed U.S. Census Bureau data files for the year 2010. Studied Geographical Information Systems (GIS) maps of the area in the vicinity of the GGNS, then conducted a detailed field survey of the highway network Synthesized this information to create an analysis network representing the highway system topology and capacities within the Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), plus a Shadow region covering the region between the EPZ boundary and approximately 15 miles radially from the plant Designed and sponsored a telephone survey of residents within the EPZ to gather focused data needed for this ETE study that were not contained within the census database. The survey instrument was reviewed and modified by the licensee and offsite response organization (ORO) personnel prior to the survey Data collection forms (provided to the OROs at the kickoff meeting) were returned with data pertaining to employment, transients, and special facilities in each county and parish.

Grand Gulf ES-1 KLD Associates, Inc Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E- 1 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR

  • The traffic demand and trip-generation rates of evacuating vehicles were estimated from the gathered data. The trip generation rates reflected the estimated mobilization time (i.e., the time required by evacuees to prepare for the evaluation trip) computed using the results of the telephone survey of EPZ residents.
  • Following Federal guidelines, the EPZ is subdivided into 16 PAS / PAA. These PAS /

PAA are then grouped within circular areas or "keyhole" configurations (circles plus radial sectors) that define a total of 41 Evacuation Regions.

  • The time-varying external circumstances are represented as Evacuation Scenarios, each described in terms of the following factors: (1) Season (Summer, Winter); (2) Day of Week (Midweek, Weekend); (3) Time of Day (Midday, Evening); and (4) Weather (Good, Rain). One special event scenario involving a football game at Alcorn State University was considered. One roadway impact scenario was considered wherein in a single lane was closed on US 61 northbound for the duration of the evacuation.
  • Staged evacuation was considered for those regions wherein the 2-mile radius and sectors downwind to 5 miles were evacuated.

A rapidly escalating accident at GGNS that quickly assumes the status of General Emergency such that the Advisory to Evacuate is announced in a timely manner following the siren notification, and no early protective actions have been implemented.

  • While an unlikely accident scenario, this planning basis will yield ETE, measured as the elapsed time from the Advisory to Evacuate until the stated percentage of the population exits the impacted Region, that represent "upper bound" estimates.

This conservative Planning Basis is applicable for all initiating events.

  • Ifthe emergency occurs while schools are in session, the ETE study assumes that the children will be evacuated by bus directly to reception centers located outside the EPZ. Parents, relatives, and neighbors are advised to not pick up their children at school prior to the arrival of the buses dispatched for that purpose. The ETE for schoolchildren are calculated separately.
  • Evacuees who do not have access to private vehicle will either ride-share with relatives, friends or neighbors, or be evacuated by buses provided as specified in the county evacuation plans.

Those in special facilities will likewise be evacuated with public transit, as needed: bus, van, or ambulance, as required. Separate ETE are calculated for the transit-dependent evacuees for homebound special needs population, and for those evacuated from special facilities.

Computation of ETE A total of 492 ETE were computed for the evacuation of the general public. Each ETE quantifies the aggregate evacuation time estimated for the population within one of the 41 Evacuation Regions to evacuate from that Region, under the circumstances defined for one of the 12 Grand Gulf ES-2 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E- 2 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Evacuation Scenarios (41 x 12 = 492). Separate ETE are calculated for transit-dependent evacuees, including schoolchildren for applicable scenarios.

Except for Region R03, which is the evacuation of the entire EPZ, only a portion of the people within the EPZ would be advised to evacuate. That is, the Advisory to Evacuate applies only to those people occupying the specified impacted region. It is assumed that 100 percent of the people within the impacted region will evacuate in response to this Advisory. The people occupying the remainder of the EPZ outside the impacted region may be advised to take shelter.

The computation of ETE assumes that 20% of the population within the EPZ but outside the impacted region, will elect to "voluntarily" evacuate. In addition, 20% of the population in the Shadow Region will also elect to evacuate. These voluntary evacuees could impede those who are evacuating from within the impacted region. The impedance that could be caused by voluntary evacuees is considered in the computation of ETE for the impacted region.

Staged evacuation is considered wherein those people within the 2-mile region evacuate immediately, while those beyond 2 miles, but within the EPZ, shelter-in-place. Once 90% of the 2-mile region is evacuated, those people beyond 2 miles begin to evacuate. As per federal guidance, 20% of people beyond 2 miles will evacuate (non-compliance) even though they are advised to shelter-in-place.

The computational procedure is outlined as follows:

" A link-node representation of the highway network is coded. Each link represents a unidirectional length of highway; each node usually represents an intersection or merge point. The capacity of each link is estimated based on the field survey observations and on established traffic engineering procedures.

" The evacuation trips are generated at locations called "zonal centroids" located within the EPZ and Shadow Region. The trip generation rates vary over time reflecting the mobilization process, and from one location (centroid) to another depending on population density and on whether a centroid is within, or outside, the impacted area.

" The evacuation model computes the routing patterns for evacuating vehicles that are compliant with federal guidelines (outbound relative to the location of the plant), then simulate the traffic flow movements over space and time. This simulation process estimates the rate that traffic flow exits the impacted region.

The ETE statistics provide the elapsed times for 90 percent and 100 percent, respectively, of the population within the impacted region, to evacuate from within the impacted region. These statistics are presented in tabular and graphical formats. The 90th percentile ETE have been identified as the values that should be considered when making protective action decisions because the 100th percentile ETE are prolonged by those relatively few people who take longer to mobilize. This is referred to as the "evacuation tail" in Section 4.0 of NUREG/CR-7002.

The use of a public outreach (information) program to emphasize the need for evacuees to minimize the time needed to prepare to evacuate (secure the home, assemble needed clothes, Grand Gulf ES-3 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. I E- 3 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR medicines, etc.) should also be considered.

Traffic Management This study references the comprehensive traffic management plans provided by Claiborne County, MS and Tensas Parish, LA. Due to the limited traffic congestion within the EPZ, no additional traffic or access control measures have been identified as a result of this study.

Selected Results A compilation of selected information is presented on the following pages in the form of Figures and Tables extracted from the body of the report; these are described below.

  • Figure 6-1 displays a map of the GGNS EPZ showing the layout of the 16 PAS / PAA that comprise, in aggregate, the EPZ.

" Table 3-1 presents the estimates of permanent resident population in each PAS / PAA based on the 2010 Census data.

" Table 6-1 defines each of the 41 Evacuation Regions in terms of their respective groups of PAS / PAA.

  • Table 6-2 lists the Evacuation Scenarios.
  • Tables 7-1 and 7-2 are compilations of ETE. These data are the times needed to clear the indicated regions of 90 and 100 percent of the population occupying these regions, respectively. These computed ETE include consideration of mobilization time and of estimated voluntary evacuations from other regions within the EPZ and from the Shadow Region.
  • Tables 7-3 and 7-4 presents ETE for the 2-mile region for un-staged and staged evacuations for the 9 0 h and 10 0 th percentiles, respectively.
  • Table 8-7 presents ETE for the schoolchildren in good weather.
  • Table 8-10 presents ETE for the transit-dependent population in good weather.
  • Figure H-8 presents an example of an Evacuation Region (Region R08) to be evacuated under the circumstances defined in Table 6-1. Maps of all regions are provided in Appendix H.

Conclusions

  • General population ETE were, computed for 492 unique cases - a combination of 41 unique Evacuation Regions and 12 unique Evacuation Scenarios. Table 7-1 and Table 7-2 document these ETE for the 90th and 100th percentiles. These ETE range from 1:25 (hr:min) to 2:30 at the 90th percentile.
  • Inspection of Table 7-1 and Table 7-2 indicates that the ETE for the 100th percentile are significantly longer than those for the 90th percentile (see Figures 7-8 through 7-19). This is due to the fact that the resident mobilization curve has a long "tail";

relatively few evacuees take a long time to mobilize.

  • Inspection of Table 7-3 and Table 7-4 indicates that a staged evacuation provides no benefits to evacuees from within the 2 mile region and unnecessarily delays the evacuation of those beyond 2 miles (compare Regions R02, R04 through R09 with Grand Gulf ES-4 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E-4 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Regions R35 through R41, respectively, in Tables 7-1 and 7-2). See Section 7.6 for additional discussion.

" Comparison of Scenarios 10 (winter, midweek/weekend, evening) and 11 (winter, weekend, evening) in Table 7-2 indicates that the special event does not materially affect the ETE at the 100h percentile, but increases the ETE at the 9 0 th percentile for regions including PAS / PAA 6 by up to 35 minutes. See Section 7.5 for additional discussion.

  • Comparison of Scenarios 1 and 12 in Table 7-1 indicates that the roadway closure -

the closure of one lane on US 61 northbound from the boundary of Port Gibson to the EPZ boundary (by the Claiborne County line) - does not have an impact on the 9 0 th percentile ETE. See Section 7.5 for additional discussion.

" Throughout the evacuation the EPZ is free from congestion, with the exception of the exit roadways from the Alcorn State University. The most congested area in the network is SR 522 from the University to US 61 SB. By 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> and 20 minutes after the Advisory to Evacuate, traffic is moving at free-flow speed (LOS A) on all roadways within the EPZ (Scenario 6, R03). See Section 7.3 and Figures 7-3 through 7-7.

" Separate ETE were computed for schools, medical facilities, transit-dependent persons, homebound special needs persons and correctional facilities. The average single-wave ETE for schools and medical facilities are within a similar range as the general population ETE at the 9 0 th percentile; the ETE for transit-dependents, homebound special needs persons and the correctional facility are slightly longer on average. See Section 8.

  • Table 8-5 indicates that there are sufficient transportation resources available to evacuate the public schools in both the county and parish, but not all the transit dependent population within the EPZ in a single wave. There are also not enough ambulances to evacuate the bedridden population in a single wave. The second-wave ETE for ambulances and special needs population does exceed the general population ETE at the 9 0t percentile. See Sections 8.4 and 8.5.

" The general population ETE at the 10 0 th percentile closely follows the trip generation time due to a lack of congestion within the EPZ. The 9 0 th percentile ETE are less sensitive to truncating the tail of the mobilization time distribution, since the mobilization time of the bulk of evacuees is unchanged. See Table M-1.

  • The general population ETE is insensitive to the voluntary evacuation of vehicles in the Shadow Region (tripling the shadow evacuation percentage does not increase 9 0 th or 1 0 0 , percentile ETE). See Table M-2.

" Population changes of 50 and 75% do not result in ETE changes which meet the criteria for updating ETE between decennial Censuses. A population increase of 160%

is needed to increase the 9 0 th percentile ETE by 30 minutes. See Section M.3.

Grand Gulf ES-5 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E- 5 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Figure 6.1 GGNS EPZ PAS/PAA E- 6 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 3-1. EPZ Permanent Resident Population PAS / PAA 2000 Population 2007 Population 2010 Population 1 104 100 43 2A 356 342 305 2B 150 144 151 3A 983 946 961 3B 506 487 388 4A 2,892 2,778 2,407 4B 564 541 453 5A 163 156 138 5B 396 381 356 6 2,057 2,258 2,629 7 3 3 28 8 163 148 126 9 1,892 1,708 1,185 10 431 388 394 11 1,530 1,381 1,403 12 -

TOTAL 12,190 11,761 10,967 EPZ Population Growth (2000 to 2010): -10.03%

Grand Gulf ES-7 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E- 7 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 6.1. Description of Evacuation Regions PAS/PAA Region Description 1 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ROl 2-Mile Ring x R02 5-Mile Ring x x x x x x R03 Full EPZ x x X x x x x x x x x x x x x x Evacuate 2-Mile Radius and Downwind to 5 Miles PAS/PAA Region Wind Direon Toward 1 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B SA 5B 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 R04 WSW, W,WNW Xt x N/A NNE Refer to Region 01 R05 NE, ENE x. X R06 E X x x R07 ESE, SE, SSE X x x R08 W x x x R09 SSW X x N/A SW Refer to Region 01 Evacuate 2-Mile Radius and Downwind to EPZ Boundary PAS/PAA Regon Wind Direction Toward 1 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B [ A I 5B [7 6 I 889 10 11 12 N/A4 N Refer to Region 04 R10 NNE x x X R11 NE.ENE X X X X R12 E X X x x X R13 ESE X X X X X X X R14 SE X X X X X X X R15 SSE X X X X X X R16 S X X X X X X R17 SSW x X X X R18 SW X X x x R19 WSW X X X X x x R20 W x x x x X Grand Gulf ES-8 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E- 8 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR I PAS/PAA Region Descrption 1 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 R21 WNW x x x x X R22 NW, NNW x x x x X Evacuate 5-Mile Radius and Downwind to EPZ Boundary PASIPAA Region Wind Direction Toward 1 I 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 1 58 6 7 8 9 [ 10 Z 11 [ 12 N/A N Refer to Region 02 R23 NNE X X X X X X X R24 NE. ENE x X X X X X R25 E X x X X X X X X R26 ESE x x x x x x x x X R27 SE x X x X X X X X X X R28 SSE X X X X X X X X R29 S X X X X X X X x X R30 SSW X X X X X X X X R31 SW X X X X x X X X X X R32 WSW, W X X X X x X X X X X R33 WNW X X X X x X X X X X X R34 NW, NNW X x X X x X X X Evacuate 2-Mile Radius and Staged Downwind to5 Miles Region Wind Direction Toward 1 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1 PAS/PAA A 5B 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 R35 5 - MileRing X X X X X R36 WSW, W, WNW, X X x N/A NNE Refer to Region 01 R37 NE, ENE X X R38 E X X X R39 ESE, SE, SSE X x x R40 S X X X R41 SSW X X N/A SW Refer to Region 01 Grand Gulf ES-9 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evaluation Time Estimates Rev. 1 E- 9 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR I Table 6-2. Evacuation Scenario Definitions Scenario Season1 Day of Week Time of Weather Special Day 1 Summer Midweek Midday Good None 2 Summer Midweek Midday Rain None 3 Summer Weekend Midday Good None 4 Summer Weekend Midday Rain None 5 Summer Midweek, Evening Good None Weekend 6 Winter Midweek Midday Good None 7 Winter Midweek Midday Rain None 8 Winter Weekend Midday Good None 9 Winter Weekend Midday Rain None 10 Winter Midweek, Evening Good None Weekend Evening Good Alcorn State University 11 Winter Weekend football game football game 12 Winter Midweek Midday Good Roadway Impact - Lane I IClosure on US 61 1 Winter assumes that school is in session (also applies to spring and autumn). Summer assumes that school is not in session.

Grand Gulf ES-10 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 10 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 7-1. Time to Clear the Indicated Area of 90 Percent of the Affected Population Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Winter Summer Midweek Weekend Midweek Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend (5) (6) I 7)(8) - -j (9) Weekend (10) (11) . (12) Scenario:

Scenario: (1) I 2)(3) -- T (4)

Midda Midday Evening Midda Midday Evening Evening Midday Region Good Rain Good Rain Good Good Rain Good Rain Good Special Roadway Region Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Event Impact Entire 2-Mile Region, 5-Mile Region, and EPZ R01 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R01 R02 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R02 R03 2:20 2:20 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:15 2:15 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:30 2:20 R03 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R04 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R04 R05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R05 R06 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R06 R07 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R07 R08 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R08 R09 2:00 2:05 2-00 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:00 R09 2-Mile Region and Ke hole to 10 Miles R10 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R10 R11 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R11 R12 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R12 R13 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:15 R13 R14 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:05 1:55 2:15 R14 R15 2:10 2:15 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 1:55 2:10 R15 R16 2:10 2:15 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:05 1:55 2:30 2:10 R16 R17 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:30 2:10 R17 R18 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:30 2:10 R18 R19 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:30 2:10 R19 R20 2:15 2:20 2:00 2:00 2:00 2:15 2:15 2:00 2:00 1:55 1:55 2:15 R20 R21 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:10 2:10 1:55 2:00 1:55 1:55 2:10 R21 R22 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:05 2:05 1:55 2:00 1:55 1:55 2:05 R22 Grand Gulf ES-11 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 11 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Winter Summer Midweek Weekend Midweek Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Weekend Scenario: (1) I7(2) (3) I(4) (5) (6) F (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Scenario:

Midday Midday Evening Midday Midday Evening Evening Midday Region Good Rain Good Rain Good Good Rain Good Rain Good Special Roadway Region Weather Weather Weather WeatherI Weather Weather Event Impact 5-Mile Re ion and Keyhole to EPZ Boundary R23 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R23 R24 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R24 R25 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R25 R26 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:15 R26 R27 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 1:55 2:15 R27 R28 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 1:55 2:15 R28 R29 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:30 2:15 R29 R30 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:30 2:15 R30 R31 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:30 2:15 R31 R32 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:15 R32 R33 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:15 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:15 R33 R34 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R34 S aged Evacuation Mile Region, 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R35 2:10 2:15 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R35 R36 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R36 R37 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R37 R38 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:05 R38 R39 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 2:10 R39 R40 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:05 2:10 2:00 2:00 1:55 1:55 2:05 R40 R41 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 1:55 2:00 2:05 2:00 2:00 1:55 1:55 2:00 R41 Grand Gulf ES-12 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 12 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 7-2. Time to Clear the Indicated Area of 100 Percent of the Affected Population Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Winter Summer Midweek Weekend Midweek Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Weekend Scenario: 1 L (2) (3 ) (4) (5) (6) 7 (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Scenario:

Midda Midday Evening Midda Midday Evening Evening Midday Region Good Rain Good Rain Good Good Rain Good Rain Good Special Roadway Region Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Event Impact Entire 2-Mile Region, 5-Mile Region, and EPZ R01 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 R01 R02 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R02 R03 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R03 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R04 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R04 R05 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R05 R06 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R06 R07 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R07 R08 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R08 R09 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R09 2-Mile Re gion and Kevhole to 10 Miles R10 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R10 R11 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R11 R12 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R12 R13 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R13 R14 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R14 R15 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R15 R16 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R16 R17 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R17 R18 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R18 R19 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R19 R20 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R20 R21 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R21 R22 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R22 Grand Gulf ES-13 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 13 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Winter Summer Midweek Weekend Midweek Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Weekend Scenario: (1) (2) I (3) II (4) (5) (6) I 171 (8 9 (10) (11) (12) Scenario:

Midda Midday Evening Midda Midday Evening Evening Midday Region Good Rain Good Rain Good Good [ Rain Good Rain Good Special Roadway Region Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Event Impact 5-Mile Re ion and Keyhole to EPZ Boundary R23 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R23 R24 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R24 R25 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R25 R26 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R26 R27 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R27 R28 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R28 R29 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R29 R30 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R30 R31 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R31 R32 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R32 R33 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R33 R34 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 4:55 R34 Staged Evacuation Mile Region, 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R35 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R35 R36 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R36 R37 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R37 R38 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R38 R39 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R39 R40 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R40 R41 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R41 Grand Gulf ES-14 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 14 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 7-3. Time to Clear 90 Percent of the 2-Mile Area within the Indicated Region Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Winter Summer Midweek Weekend Midweek Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek

_______Weekend Weekend _____ ____

Scenario: 1 (4) (5) (6) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Scenario:

Midda Midday Evening Midda Midday Evening Evening Midday Region Good Rain Good Rain Good Good Rain Good Rain Good Special Roadway Region Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Event Impact 2-Mile and 5-Mile Region R01 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R01 R02 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R02 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R04 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R04 R05 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R05 R06 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R06 R07 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R07 R08 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R08 R09 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:30 1:25 1:25 1:30 R09 Staged Evacuation Mile Region, 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R35 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R35 R36 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R36 R37 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R37 R38 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R38 R39 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R39 R40 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R40 R41 1:35 1:35 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:40 1:45 1:45 1:35 R41 Grand Gulf ES-15 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 15 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 7-4. Time to Clear 100 Percent of the 2-Mile Area within the Indicated Region Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Winter Summer Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend _____ ____

Scenario: 1 I (2) (3-) - (4) (5) (6) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Scenario:

Midda Midday Evening Midday Midday Evening Evening Midday Region Good Rain Good Rain Good Good Rain Good Rain Good Special Roadway Region Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Event Impact 2-Mile and 5-Mile Region RO 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 1 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 4:45 R01 R02 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R02 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R04 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R04 R05 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R05 R06 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R06 R07 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R07 R08 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R08 R09 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R09 Staged Evacuation Mile Region, 2-Mile Region and Keyhole to 5 Miles R35 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R35 R36 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R36 R37 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R37 R38 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R38 R39 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R39 R40 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R40 R41 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 4:50 R41 Grand Gulf ES-16 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 16 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 8-7. School Evacuation Time Estimates - Good Weather Travel Dist. Time Driver Dist. Travel EPZ from Mobili- To Time to Bdry EPZ Second Second Zation Loading EPZ Average EPZ To Bdry to ETE to Bus Ready Wave Wave Time Time Bdry Speed Bdry ETE R.C. R.C. R.C. For Second ETE ETE to School (min) (min) (mi) (mph) (min) (hr:min) (ain) (min) (hr:min) Wave (min) (hr:min) R.C.

CLAIBORNE SCHOOLS A.W.Watson Elementary School 90 15 6.1 42.8 9 1:55 39.1 52 2:50 240 4:25 5:15 Richardson Headstart 90 15 5.9 43.8 8 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 240 4:25 5:15 Child Day Care Kindergarten 90 15 5.9 43.8 8 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 240 4:25 5:15 Heavenly angels Daycare 90 15 4.2 51.3 5 1:50 39.1 52 2:45 238 4:20 5:10 Port Gibson High 90 15 5.6 47.0 7 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 239 4:25 5:15 Claibome County Vo-Tech 90 15 5.7 45.0 8 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 240 4:25 5:15 Katherine's Daycare and Leaming 90 15 6.1 42.9 9 1:55 39.1 52 2:50 240 4:25 5:15 Port Gibson Middle School 90 15 4.7 48.0 6 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 238 4:20 5:15 Concemed Citizens Daycare 90 15 4.7 48.0 6 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 238 4:20 5:15 Chamberlain-Hunt Academy 90 15 4.7 48.0 6 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 238 4:20 5:15 Little Kids University 90 15 4.7 48.0 6 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 238 4:20 5:15 Claibome Educational Foundation 90 15 4.2 51.3 5 1:50 39.1 52 2:45 238 4:20 5:10 God's Little Bee's Child Care 90 15 6.2 46.9 8 1:55 39.1 52 2:45 240 4:25 5:15 Alcom State University 90 15 0.4 28.5 1 1:50 38.1 51 2:40 232 4:10 5:00 TENSAS SCHOOLS Newellton Christian Academy 90 15 1.3 31.0 3 1:50 25.9 35 2:25 230 4:10 4:45 Newellton Elementary 90 15 1.3 31.0 3 1:50 25.9 35 2:25 230 4:10 4:45 Little Green Nursery 90 15 3.7 33.7 7 1:55 25.9 35 2:30 180 3:25 4:00 Tensas Academy 90 15 3.7 33.7 7 1:55 35.4 47 2:40 180 3:25 4:10 Tensas High School 90 15 2.5 37.7 4 1:50 35.4 47 2:40 180 3:20 4:10 Tensas Elementary 90 15 2.5 37.7 4 1:50 35.4 47 2:40 180 3:20 4:10 Maximum for EPZ: 1:55 Maximum: 2:50 2:50 Maximum: 4:25 5:15 Average for EPZ: 1:50 Average: 2:45 2:45 Average: 4:10 5:00 Grand Gulf ES-17 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 17 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Table 8-10. Transit-Dependent Evacuation Time Estimates - Good Weather One-Wave Two-Wave Route Bus Mobilization Route Speed Route Pickup ETE Distance Travel Unload Driver Route Pickup ETE Number Number (min) Length (mph) Travel Time (hr:min) to R.C. Time to (min) Rest Travel Time (hr:min)

(miles) Time (min) (miles) R.C. (min) Time (min)

(min) (min) (min) 1 1 105 12.4 55.0 14 30 2:30 22.0 29 5 10 59 30 4:45 2 3 105 6.0 52.4 7 30 2:25 39.1 52 5 10 67 30 5:10 2 120 6.0 51.7 7 30 2:40 39.1 52 5 10 67 30 5:25 3 1 105 7.5 55.0 8 30 2:25 25.9 35 5 10 53 30 4:40 4 2 105 5.6 39.8 8 30 2:25 35.4 47 5 10 63 30 5:00 2 120 5.6 42.6 8 30 2.40 35.4 47 5 10 64 30 5:15 5 1 105 1.2 41.4 2 30 2:20 33.4 45 5 10 48 30 4:40 1 120 1.2 41.3 2 30 2:35 33.4 45 5 10 48 30 4:55 6 4 105 3.1 39.3 5 30 2:20 38.1 51 5 10 60 30 5:00 2 120 3.1 39.3 5 30 2:35 38.1 51 5 10 60 30 5:15 7 2 105 5.5 55.0 6 30 2:25 18.1 24 5 10 37 30 4:15 1 120 5.5 55.0 6 30 2:40 18.1 24 5 10 37 30 4:30 Maximum ETE: 2:40 Maximum ETE: 5:25 Average ETE: 2:30 Average ETE: 4:55 Grand Gulf ES-18 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. 1 E- 18 Revision 70 11/13

GG FSAR Figure H-8. Region R08 Grand Gulf ES-19 KLD Associates, Inc.

Evacuation Time Estimate Rev. I E- 19 Revision 70 11/13

APPENDIX F List of Supporting Plans

GG FSAR APPENDIX F - LIST OF SUPPORTING PLANS

1. Mississippi Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan; Volume III, to the Mississippi Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
2. Port Gibson/Claiborne County - Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan
3. Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan; Supplement HI, Fixed Nuclear Facilities to Louisiana Emergency Operations Plan, Attachment 2, Grand Gulf Nuclear Station
4. Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan; Supplement II, Fixed Nuclear Facilities to Louisiana Emergency Operations Plan Attachment 2, Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Enclosure I, Tensas Parish Radiological Emergency Response Plan
5. Hospital Emergency Department Management of Radiation Accidents F-1 Revision 33 9/97

APPENDIX G RESERVED G-1 Revision 29

APPENDIX H I. News Media Emergency Information Program for GGNS II. Public Education and Information Program for GGNS

GG FSAR INTRODUCTION This section of the Emergency Plan deals with responses to an emergency in relation to news media activities, employee information, inquiry response, and coordination of public information activities with local, state, and federal agencies. It also describes the training to be conducted to ensure effective dissemination of information during an emergency.

The first part of this section is a brief synopsis of the overall news media emergency information program organized according to emergency classifications. This is implemented by 01-S-i10-6, 10-S-01-6, 10-S-01-34.

The final part of this document is a description of public information-education activities underway for residents in the Grand Gulf area and the general public.

H--1 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR I. NEWS MEDIA EMERGENCY INFORMATION PROGRAM 1.0 PURPOSE The News Media Emergency Information Program establishes the means of keeping media personnel informed of an emergency situation at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS).

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ACTIVATING THE PROGRAM Activation of the news media program begins with a call from the GGNS Computer Notification System or Emergency Director to the Company Spokesperson.

The Company Spokesperson determines, following consultation with the Emergency Director, whether the situation warrants media notification. Initial decisions are determined to a great extent by the classification given to the incident, of which there are four.

3.0 Deleted 4.0 OVERALL INFORMATION FLOW 4.1 Company Spokesperson GGNS management or designee fills the Company Spokesperson position throughout an emergency.

4.2 Unusual Event Normally only the Company Spokesperson is called. He / she may:

a. Stand by and follow developments
b. Consider additional notifications
c. Consider drafting news bulletin H-2 Revision 64 11/10

GG FSAR 4.3 Alert/Site Area Emergency/General Emergency Actions initiated at the Alert level continue through a Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. At these levels of an emergency the EOF sends information to the Company Spokesperson, or designee.

4.3.1 Company Spokesperson:

a. Reports to the Joint Information Center
b. Establishes contact with the EOF
c. Coordinates directly with State representatives at the JIC
d. Ensures that the Inquiry Response is activated and provided with news bulletins to use in response to inquires from the media and public.
e. Issues news bulletins and conducts news briefings once the JIC is operational 4.3.2 Inquiry Response Coordinator:
a. Reports to the JIC
b. Ensures that the Inquiry Response is operational and establishes contact with the JIC
c. Ensures that current news bulletins are provided to the Inquiry Response Staff 4.3.3 News Briefings - News briefings are conducted at the JIC as needed and news media inquiries are referred to the JIC. Copies of news bulletins are also available to the Inquiry Response and the Entergy Operations CEC.

4.3.4 Coordinating News Releases from the JIC - GGNS Personnel issue bulletins concerning conditions at the plant. Statements relative to offsite conditions and H-3 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR operations are done by the Governor's Press Secretary and/or the Director of the Mississippi Emergency Management Agency or their designee.

Statements relative to Louisiana conditions and operations are done by a representative for the State of Louisiana.

4.3.5 Contacts with other agencies - The JIC assumes responsibility when it is activated for sharing bulletin messages with CCCD, TPHS/EP, MEMA, LDEQ, NRC Regional Office, and other government agencies with representatives at the JIC. The JIC is responsible for sending bulletin messages to the Entergy Operations CEC, Inquiry Response, and SMEPA.

5.0 EXCEPTIONS Exceptions to this information flow plan are made in case of either a rapidly developing - or rapidly terminating - emergency at Grand Gulf.

5.1 Rapidly Developing Emergency - In this circumstance the Company Spokesperson, in consultation with the ED, is authorized to issue news bulletins.

5.2 Rapidly Terminating Emergency - In this case a public statement is developed by the Company Spokesperson detailing the nature of the incident and telling how it was resolved. This statement is given to the news media as rapidly as possible.

6.0 TRAINING Individuals involved in the GGNS News Media Emergency Information Program complete training activities and participate in drills/ exercises in order to be thoroughly familiar with their duties. Training is documented by the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

H-4 Revision 61 03/09

GG FSAR 6.1 News Media Training - An annual program is provided to acquaint the news media with the methodology for obtaining information during an emergency as well as information about overall emergency preparedness for GGNS. The training includes information about the plant, radiation, and the roles of emergency news centers.

6.2 Overall Training - Appropriate training activities are conducted annually for those involved in the News Media Emergency Information Program.

II. PUBLIC EDUCATION AND INFORMATION PROGRAM FOR GGNS 1.0 Purpose and Obiectives This program acquaints the general public with the emergency preparedness plans made in connection with the operation of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS) located in Claiborne County in Southwest Mississippi.

Entergy Operations, Inc., operator of the facility, has established a policy of full disclosure of any incident relating to the safety of operation of the plant.

Entergy Operations therefore, maintains a free and open relationship with the public and others concerned with the safety of operations in the vicinity of GGNS.

2.0 Methods To Reach The Public Prior To Emergency Situations Several communication methods are used to acquaint the public with plans made for their protection during any emergency at GGNS. These methods are described below:

2.1 Material Placed in Schools: Literature is offered to schools in the area, both in Claiborne County and Tensas Parish. The information tells locations of shelters and reception centers for students in Claiborne County, Mississippi, and Tensas Parish, Louisiana.

H-5 Revision 61 03/09 1

GG FSAR 2.2 Distribution of an Emergency Information Publication:

This publication contains basic information on nuclear power and emergency planning to aid the public during any emergency. Mass distribution of the publication in the Claiborne County and Tensas Parish areas is conducted annually.

2.3 Display of Posters: One of the ways to acquaint the overall population, especially transients, with the emergency plans is the placing in public places of posters with a map of the evacuation routes and other pertinent information.

H-6 Revision 61 03/09 1